www.altium.com
Open in
urlscan Pro
34.205.185.17
Public Scan
Submitted URL: https://pages.altium.com/ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZKC6GQpDfauG0F-INZJcwOb6b2awtbtMz7uWaMRwaaab0T0kj3NWaUwbfLrSt2DJkLA=
Effective URL: https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvL...
Submission: On April 19 via manual from PL — Scanned from PL
Effective URL: https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvL...
Submission: On April 19 via manual from PL — Scanned from PL
Form analysis 4 forms found in the DOM
https://www.altium.com/search
<form class="header-v2__search__field-wrap" action="https://www.altium.com/search" target="_blank" data-once="form-updated" data-drupal-form-fields="">
<input class="header-v2__search__field" type="text" value="" name="s">
<button class="header-v2__search__btn header-v2__ico header-v2__use-ico-search" type="submit"> Search<span></span>
</button>
<a class="header-v2__search__close header-v2__ico header-v2__use-ico-close" href="">
Search Close <span></span></a>
</form><form class="am-form am-form-search" data-once="form-updated" data-drupal-form-fields="">
<div class="form-item f-search__input-wrap">
<div class="f-search__ico">
<svg width="16" height="16" viewBox="0 0 16 16" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path fill-rule="evenodd" clip-rule="evenodd"
d="M10.5911 11.5511C9.47395 12.4571 8.05025 13 6.49976 13C2.9099 13 -0.000244141 10.0899 -0.000244141 6.5C-0.000244141 2.91015 2.9099 0 6.49976 0C10.0896 0 12.9998 2.91015 12.9998 6.5C12.9998 8.0505 12.4569 9.4742 11.5508 10.5914L14.9996 14.0402L14.04 14.9999L10.5911 11.5511ZM11.9998 6.5C11.9998 9.53757 9.53732 12 6.49976 12C3.46219 12 0.999756 9.53757 0.999756 6.5C0.999756 3.46243 3.46219 1 6.49976 1C9.53732 1 11.9998 3.46243 11.9998 6.5Z"
fill="#111111"></path>
</svg>
</div>
<input class="form-text form-search-input" type="text" placeholder="Search" value="">
</div>
</form>POST
<form method="post" id="collapse-text-dynamic-form-number-1" accept-charset="UTF-8" data-once="form-updated"
data-drupal-form-fields="Symbols_Normal_Alternate_Modes,PCB_Improvements_24_4,Component_Push,ConstraintManager_Improvements_24_4,Draftsman_Improvement_24_4,DataManagement_Improvements_24_4,Features_In_CB,PadCorner_AbsoluteValue,Constraint_Mgr_24_3,Harness_24_3,Data_Management_24_3,ImportersExporters_24_3,SIM_24_3,SIM_SParameter,PCBReplication_ManualComponentSelect,DiffPair_CommonImpedance_24_2,tuning_miter_connecting_accordion,Constraint_Mgr_24_2,MultiBoard_BookmarksPanel_24_2,Harness_24_2,Twist_WireHighlight_24_2,HD_MultiPartComponents_24_2,ShieldstoConnectionPoint_24_2,Harness_MultiColorWires,MultipleWiringDiagrams_HD_Draftsman_24_2,HD_Draftsman_BookmarksPanel_24_2,SE_24_2,ImportersExporters_24_2,Rule_Wires_24_1,HoleClearance,TTFont,Pad_Properties_24_1,PCBCoDesign_24_1,Constraint_Mgr_24_1,MB_Draftsman,MB_ModuleEntry_24_1,Harness_24_1,Cavities_24_1,Shield_Twist_Designator,HD_MultipleSheets,Coverings_Components,PhysicalViews_ComponentProp,WiringList_24_1,ConnectionsForSplices_24_1,HD_TextFrame_Notes_24_1,Lifecycle_Message_24_1,GeneralTab_24_1,removed_commit_command_git,ImportersExporters_24_1,PlacementOutline_Courtyard_24_1,circuit_simulation_24_1,Sim_Stress,DiffPairRouter,LayerStackRep,PCB_CoDesign_24_0,ConstraintMgr_24_0,3d_layout,3d_mid_design,Harness_24_0,LayoutLabels_24_0,ConnectionTable_WiringList_24_0,LongPathNames_23_11,Importers_24_0,xdxdesigner_import_improvements,Expedition_Imp_24_0,SIM_24_0,output_currents_p_channel_transistors,Ansys_Collaboration,ansys_codesigner,PABK_assign_currents_multiple_nets_same_component">
<div class="collapse-text-text">
<div class="tocbox panel sidepanel nobreak"> </div>
<style type="text/css">
h6 {
font-size: 21px;
margin: 22px 0 16px;
}
</style>
<style id="slidesCSS" type="text/css">
.Container {
position: relative;
user-select: none;
display: inline-block;
margin: 0 30px 0 30px;
}
.SlidesTable td {
border: none;
padding: 0;
}
.FirstText {
border: none;
display: inherit;
padding: 0 30px 0 40px;
}
.FirstText {
border: solid 1px lightgray;
display: block;
}
.OverlayText {
border: :none;
;
display: none;
padding: 0 30px 0 40px;
}
.OverlayText {
border: solid 1px lightgray;
display: block;
}
h5 {
font-family: dinpro-medium;
line-height: 1.2;
font-size: 17px;
letter-spacing: normal;
color: #424242;
margin: 0 0 12px;
}
.Next,
.Previous {
font-size: 25px;
cursor: pointer;
position: absolute;
top: 40%;
color: blue;
padding: 2px 8px 5px 8px;
}
.Next {
right: -30px;
}
.Previous {
left: -30px;
}
a.Next,
a.Previous {
opacity: 0.6;
transition: 0.3s;
}
a:hover.Next,
a:hover.Previous {
opacity: 1;
background-color: lightgray;
text-decoration: none;
}
.Overlay {
z-index: -1;
position: absolute;
top: 0;
transition: 0.5s ease;
opacity: 0;
padding: 10px;
border: solid 1px;
border-color: lightgray;
}
.First {
transition: 1s ease-in;
padding: 10px;
border: solid 1px;
border-color: lightgray;
}
.blob {
height: 15px;
width: 15px;
margin: 0 5px;
background-color: #bbb;
border-radius: 50%;
display: inline-block;
cursor: pointer;
}
.blobs {
text-align: center;
padding: 0;
color: blue;
}
.Counter {
display: none;
}
</style>
<p>This page details the improvements included in the initial release of Altium Designer 24, as well as those added in subsequent updates. Along with delivering a range of improvements that develop and mature the existing technologies, each
update also incorporates a large number of fixes and enhancements across the software based on feedback raised by customers through the AltiumLive Community's BugCrunch system, helping you continue to create cutting-edge electronics technology.
</p>
<div class="messages note">You can choose to continue with your current version, update your current version, or install Altium Designer 24 alongside your current version to access the latest features. Your current version can be updated from
within the software in the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-installation-licensing-management-overview#updating-to-a-later-version">Extensions and Updates view</a>. If you prefer to install Altium Designer 24 alongside
your current version, visit the <a href="https://www.altium.com/products/downloads">Altium Downloads page</a> to download the installer, then choose <strong>New Installation</strong> on the <strong>Installation Mode</strong> page of the
installer.</div>
<div class="messages status">
<p><strong>Free Trial!</strong></p>
<p>If you like what you see but are not yet a customer, why not take Altium Designer for a test drive? By filling out a simple form, you can try Altium Designer for free with 15 days of access to the full software. That's right, you will
have the ability to evaluate the full Altium Designer experience with no technical limitations with unfettered access to the world's finest PCB design product. Click the link below, fill out the form, and see for yourself why more
engineers and designers choose Altium than any other product available!</p>
<p>
<a href="https://www.altium.com/altium-designer/free-trial?promo_name=ad-free-trial-q3-fy20&promo_position=documentation-notebook-en&promo_creative=v1" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen169468461_331="1413" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen169468461_331="1413" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time169468461_331="100" data-gtm-vis-has-fired169468461_331="1">Altium Designer Free Trial</a>.
</p>
</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="altium-designer-24-4" class="_active" open="open"></a><a id="altium-designer-244"></a></p>
<div class="b-article__head">
<h2 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="altium-designer-24-4" id="altium-designer-24-4">Altium Designer 24.4</h2>
<div class="b-article__copy"><a class="b-copy b-copy_processed" data-clipboard-text="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-244" data-url="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-244">
<span class="b-copy__ico"><svg width="16" height="16" viewBox="0 0 16 16" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M7.81807 4.64903C8.66213 4.8162 9.46754 5.22685 10.1217 5.88097C11.879 7.63833 11.879 10.4876 10.1217 12.2449L8.00034 14.3663C6.24298 16.1236 3.39374 16.1236 1.63638 14.3663C-0.12098 12.6089 -0.12098 9.75965 1.63638 8.00229L3.6424 5.99627C3.55808 6.48206 3.53928 6.97701 3.586 7.46688L2.34349 8.7094C0.976651 10.0762 0.976651 12.2923 2.34349 13.6591C3.71032 15.026 5.9264 15.026 7.29323 13.6591L9.41455 11.5378C10.7814 10.171 10.7814 7.95491 9.41455 6.58808C8.72205 5.89558 7.81156 5.55393 6.90396 5.56313L7.81807 4.64903Z" fill="#111111"></path>
<path d="M8.18261 11.3556C7.33855 11.1884 6.53314 10.7777 5.87902 10.1236C4.12166 8.36625 4.12166 5.51701 5.87902 3.75965L8.00034 1.63833C9.7577 -0.119027 12.6069 -0.119027 14.3643 1.63833C16.1217 3.39569 16.1217 6.24493 14.3643 8.00229L12.3583 10.0083C12.4426 9.52252 12.4614 9.02758 12.4147 8.5377L13.6572 7.29519C15.024 5.92835 15.024 3.71227 13.6572 2.34544C12.2904 0.978604 10.0743 0.978604 8.70745 2.34544L6.58613 4.46676C5.21929 5.83359 5.21929 8.04967 6.58613 9.41651C7.27863 10.109 8.18912 10.4507 9.09671 10.4415L8.18261 11.3556Z" fill="#111111"></path>
</svg>
</span><span class="b-copy__text">Copy Link</span><span class="b-copy__text-copied">Copied</span></a>
</div>
</div>
<p><em>Released: 16 April 2024 – Version 24.4.1 (build 13)</em></p>
<p><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/public-release-notes#version-2441">Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.4.1</a></p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="schematic-capture-improvement-24-4"></a><a id="schematic-capture-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="schematic-capture-improvement-24-4" id="schematic-capture-improvement-24-4">Schematic Capture Improvement</h3>
<a id="Symbols_Normal_Alternate_Modes" name="Symbols_Normal_Alternate_Modes"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="use-of-multi-part-components-with-alternate-modes-24-4"></a><a id="use-of-multi-part-components-with-alternate-modes"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="use-of-multi-part-components-with-alternate-modes-24-4" id="use-of-multi-part-components-with-alternate-modes-24-4">Use of Multi-part Components with Alternate Modes</h4>
<p>This release announces support for presenting a multi-part component as either a single symbol (all sub-parts) or multiple symbols (one for each individual sub-part) using only a single component through defined Normal and Alternate Modes.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MultiPart_DisplayModes_Symbol_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-84jzmg"> <img alt="An example of a schematic symbol of a dual op amp component. The normal mode represents the component in two symbols. An alternate mode represents the component as a single symbol." border="" class="" height="520" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MultiPart_DisplayModes_Symbol_AD24_4.png" style="" title="An example of a schematic symbol of a dual op amp component. The normal mode represents the component in two symbols. An alternate mode represents the component as a single symbol." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption">An example of a schematic symbol of a dual op amp component. The normal mode represents the component in two symbols. An alternate mode represents the component as a single symbol.</span>
</p>
<p>Now, if a component has sub-parts without primitives, not placing these sub-parts on the schematic will no longer cause an
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/design-verification#unused_sub_part_in_component">Unused sub-part in component</a> violation when running a design validation (provided parts with no primitives are listed below all parts that have
primitives in the list of symbol parts that can be seen in the <em>SCH Library</em> panel).</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MultiPart_AltModes_SCH_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-2voiwz"> <img alt="" border="" class="" height="457" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MultiPart_AltModes_SCH_AD24_4.png" style="" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/creating-schematic-symbol#display_modes">Creating a Schematic Symbol</a> page.</div>
<a id="PCB_Improvements_24_4" name="PCB_Improvements_24_4"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-design-improvements-24-4"></a><a id="pcb-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-design-improvements-24-4" id="pcb-design-improvements-24-4">PCB Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="Component_Push" name="Component_Push"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="selection-box-for-component-push-and-avoid-24-4"></a><a id="selection-box-for-component-push-and-avoid"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="selection-box-for-component-push-and-avoid-24-4" id="selection-box-for-component-push-and-avoid-24-4">Selection Box for Component 'Push' and 'Avoid'</h4>
<p>User-defined geometries for the component selection bounding box (following the <code>PCB.ComponentSelection</code> advanced setting
– <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/placing-components-pcb#component_selection_bounding_box">learn more</a>) are now observed when moving a component in <strong>Push</strong> or <strong>Avoid</strong> Obstacles mode.</p>
<p>
<video controls="" height="y" poster="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ComponentPush_SelectionBoundingBox_AD24_4_static.png" preload="auto" style="max-width:100%; height: auto;" width="x">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ComponentPushAviod_SelectionBoundingBox_AD24_4.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/advanced-pcb-component-placement-tools#placement_modes">Advanced Placement Tools</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-obey-rules-option-for-polygon-pour-properties-24-4"></a><a id="added-obey-rules-option-for-polygon-pour-properties"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="added-obey-rules-option-for-polygon-pour-properties-24-4" id="added-obey-rules-option-for-polygon-pour-properties-24-4">Added 'Obey Rules' Option for Polygon Pour Properties</h4>
<p>For a placed solid polygon pour, a new <strong>Obey Rules</strong> option is available as part of its properties, which is used when removing necks less than a certain width. Enabled by default for new polygons, it takes the value from the
applicable minimum Width constraint.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('PolygonPour_ObeyRules', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('PolygonPour_ObeyRules', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First PolygonPour_ObeyRules">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCB_PolygonPour_ObeyRules_Disabled_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-963i8z"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="615" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCB_PolygonPour_ObeyRules_Disabled_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay PolygonPour_ObeyRules">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCB_PolygonPour_ObeyRules_Enabled_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-963i8z"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="615" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCB_PolygonPour_ObeyRules_Enabled_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="PolygonPour_ObeyRules">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="PolygonPour_ObeyRules"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("PolygonPour_ObeyRules",1)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText PolygonPour_ObeyRulesPolygonPour_ObeyRules">
<p>When the <strong>Obey Rules</strong> option is disabled for a polygon pour, the minimum width of allowed necks is determined by the <strong>Remove Necks Less Than</strong> field. In this example, this value is
<code>0.12mm</code>, and necks of approximately 0.14 mm are allowed.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText PolygonPour_ObeyRulesPolygonPour_ObeyRules">
<p>When the <strong>Obey Rules</strong> option is enabled, the minimum width of allowed necks is determined by the minimum width value from the applicable Width constraint. In this example, this value is <code>0.15mm</code>,
and necks less than this value are removed.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-signal-layer-polygons">Polygons on Signal Layers</a> page.</div>
<a id="ConstraintManager_Improvements_24_4" name="ConstraintManager_Improvements_24_4"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-4"></a><a id="constraint-manager-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="constraint-manager-improvements-24-4" id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-4">Constraint Manager Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-indication-of-sync-status-with-directives-24-4"></a><a id="added-indication-of-sync-status-with-directives"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="added-indication-of-sync-status-with-directives-24-4" id="added-indication-of-sync-status-with-directives-24-4">Added Indication of Sync Status with Directives</h4>
<p>This release adds an indicator of sync status between a constraint in the <em>Constraint Manager</em> and the equivalent defined in a directive placed on a schematic.</p>
<ul>
<li>When an object in the schematic has a parameter set or differential pair directive placed on it, and this directive has constraint values that differ from values defined for the same object in the <em>Constraint Manager</em>, these values
will be marked with an orange bar at the left side of the corresponding cell in the <strong>Physical</strong> or <strong>Electrical</strong> view of the <em>Constraint Manager</em> when the <em>Constraint Manager</em> is
accessed from a schematic (e.g., <img alt="" border="" class="" height="" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_Directives_NoSync_AD24_4.png" style="margin-top: -4px; margin-bottom: -4px;" title="" width=""
loading="lazy">).</li>
<li>When values of the constraint are in sync between the <em>Constraint Manager</em> and the directive, the indication changes to a green bar (e.g., <img alt="" border="" class="" height="" id=""
src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_Directives_InSync_AD24_4.png" style="margin-top: -4px; margin-bottom: -4px;" title="" width="" loading="lazy">).</li>
</ul>
<p>When the object has no existing constraints, use the <strong>Import from Directives</strong> command from the right-click menu of the view to import data from directives to the <em>Constraint Manager</em>. Note that if a constraint
value that has been synchronized with a directive is edited in the <em>Constraint Manager</em> after using the <strong>Import from Directives</strong> command, it will not be synchronized after subsequently using
the <strong>Import from Directives</strong> command again.</p>
<div class="messages info">
<p>Note that after synchronizing data by importing data from directives to the <em>Constraint Manager</em> and saving changes in the <em>Constraint Manager</em>, the controls to add a new or edit/remove an existing net class, diff
pair class, components class, or rule will be grayed out in the <em>Properties</em> panel for the corresponding directives.</p>
</div>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication1_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1xtfdu"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication1_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication2_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1xtfdu"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication2_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication3_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1xtfdu"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication3_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication4_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1xtfdu"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication4_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication",1)"></span><span
class="blob" onclick="Update("CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication",2)"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication",3)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndicationCM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<p>Net <code>A00</code> has a <strong>Parameter Set</strong> directive placed on it, and this directive has a Width constraint assigned.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndicationCM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<p>In the <strong>Physical</strong> view of the <em>Constraint Manager</em>, cells related to width constraints of net <code>A00</code> have an orange bar that indicates these values are not in sync with the directive.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndicationCM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<p>After using the <strong>Import from Directives</strong> command, data from directives are imported to the <em>Constraint Manager</em>, and the cells now have a green bar that indicates that these values are in sync
with the directive.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText CM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndicationCM_ImportFromDirectives_SyncIndication">
<p>Note that in directive properties, controls to add, edit and remove classes and rules are now grayed out.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager#importing_directives">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="propagating-widthgap-values-24-4"></a><a id="propagating-widthgap-values"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="propagating-widthgap-values-24-4" id="propagating-widthgap-values-24-4">Propagating Width/Gap Values</h4>
<p>From the <strong>Physical</strong> view of the <em>Constraint Manager</em>, a value entered in the top grid for a single net or xNet (<strong>Min Width</strong> or <strong>Preferred Width</strong>), differential pair (<strong>Min
Width</strong>, <strong>Preferred Width</strong>, or <strong>Preferred Diff Pair Gap</strong>), or net/xNet/diff pair class will now be propagated to corresponding width (<strong>Min Width</strong>/<strong>Preferred Width</strong>/<strong>Max
Width</strong>) or gap (<strong>Min Gap</strong>/<strong>Preferred Gap</strong>/<strong>Max Gap</strong>) fields in the constraint regions below. Note that an entered value will be propagated to other fields only if the object does not
have the specific rule defined.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('CM_PropagateWidth', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('CM_PropagateWidth', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First CM_PropagateWidth">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_PropagateWidth_1_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1xg9pj"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_PropagateWidth_1_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay CM_PropagateWidth">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_PropagateWidth2_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1xg9pj"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_PropagateWidth2_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay CM_PropagateWidth">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_PropagateWidth3_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1xg9pj"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_PropagateWidth3_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="CM_PropagateWidth">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="CM_PropagateWidth"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("CM_PropagateWidth",1)"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("CM_PropagateWidth",2)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText CM_PropagateWidthCM_PropagateWidth">
<p>Net <code>A00</code> currently has no width constraint assigned (i.e. these constraints are inherited from the <code>All Nets</code> net class).</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText CM_PropagateWidthCM_PropagateWidth">
<p>After entering a value for the width constraint of the net (the <strong>Min Width</strong> constraint in this example)... </p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText CM_PropagateWidthCM_PropagateWidth">
<p>...the value propagates to other fields of the width constraint (<strong>Preferred Width</strong> and <strong>Max Width</strong>).</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager#working_with_physical_and_electrical_constraints">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<a id="Draftsman_Improvement_24_4" name="Draftsman_Improvement_24_4"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="draftsman-improvement-24-4"></a><a id="draftsman-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="draftsman-improvement-24-4" id="draftsman-improvement-24-4">Draftsman Improvement</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="show-only-not-fitted-components-in-bom-table-24-4"></a><a id="show-only-not-fitted-components-in-bom-table"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="show-only-not-fitted-components-in-bom-table-24-4" id="show-only-not-fitted-components-in-bom-table-24-4">Show Only Not Fitted Components in BOM Table</h4>
<p>Support is now available for placing a BOM table into a manufacturing drawing created for a PCB design project (<code>*.PCBDwf</code>), presenting only those components that are Not Fitted for the currently
selected <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/design-variants">design variant</a>. To do this, select the <code>Not Fitted</code> option from the <strong>Show Components</strong> drop-down in the <em>Properties</em> panel for the
selected BOM table.<br> </p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Draftsman_BOM_NotFitted_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-w3ay9g"> <img alt="" border="" class="" height="496" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Draftsman_BOM_NotFitted_AD24_4.png" style="" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>You can also select the <code>Replaced</code> option from the drop-down to show only components for which alternate parts have been selected or fitted components with varied parameter values in the current variant.</p>
<div class="messages note">Currently, a BOM table with the <code>Fitted</code>, <code>Not Fitted</code> or <code>Replaced</code> options selected for <strong>Show Components</strong> works with <code>Base</code> and <code>Flat</code> options
for <strong>View Mode</strong> (not <code>Consolidated</code>).</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/working-with-draftsman-bill-of-materials">Bill Of Materials</a> page.</div>
<a id="DataManagement_Improvements_24_4" name="DataManagement_Improvements_24_4"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="data-management-improvements-24-4"></a><a id="data-management-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="data-management-improvements-24-4" id="data-management-improvements-24-4">Data Management Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="show-real-value-for-siliconexpert-yteol-parameter-24-4"></a><a id="show-real-value-for-siliconexpert-yteol-parameter"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="show-real-value-for-siliconexpert-yteol-parameter-24-4" id="show-real-value-for-siliconexpert-yteol-parameter-24-4">Show Real Value for SiliconExpert YTEOL Parameter</h4>
<p>When a part has the YTEOL parameter provided by SiliconExpert with a value greater than 5 years, the real value of this parameter is now presented in all places where summary data on the part is presented (e.g., the header of
the <strong>Details</strong> pane in the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> or <em>Components</em> panel, or part choices) instead of the <code>5+ years</code> entry.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_YTEOL_RealValue_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-y35jxy"> <img alt="" border="" class="" height="498" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_YTEOL_RealValue_AD24_4.png" style="" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/node/322395">Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="references-to-siliconexpert-compliance-datasheets-24-4"></a><a id="references-to-siliconexpert-compliance-datasheets"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="references-to-siliconexpert-compliance-datasheets-24-4" id="references-to-siliconexpert-compliance-datasheets-24-4">References to SiliconExpert Compliance Datasheets</h4>
<p>Added support for references to SiliconExpert compliance datasheets to various places where SiliconExpert data can be used, including ActiveBOM (<code>*.BomDoc</code>), <em>Manufacturer Part
Search</em>, <em>Components,</em> and <em>Explorer</em> panels, and when generating a BOM output (in PDF or Excel format) through an Output Job.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ActiveBOM_SE_ComplianceDatasheets_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-wjehtu"> <img alt="An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from an ActiveBOM document." border="" class="" height="498" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ActiveBOM_SE_ComplianceDatasheets_AD24_4.png" style="" title="An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from an ActiveBOM document." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption">An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from an ActiveBOM document.</span>
</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_SE_ComplianceDatasheets_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-th8bb0"> <img alt="An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from the Manufacturer Part Search panel." border="" class="" height="498" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_SE_ComplianceDatasheets_AD24_4.png" style="" title="An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from the Manufacturer Part Search panel." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption">An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel.</span>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/node/322395">Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="display-item-name-for-workspace-content-24-4"></a><a id="display-item-name-for-workspace-content"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="display-item-name-for-workspace-content-24-4" id="display-item-name-for-workspace-content-24-4">Display Item Name for Workspace Content</h4>
<p>For a Workspace content type that can be directly edited, the name of the item being created, cloned or edited is now shown in the <em>Projects</em> panel and the document tab, rather than its Item-Revision ID.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/WorkspaceItemEditing_ItemName_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-6utcv3"> <img alt="An example of editing Workspace content (schematic snippet, managed schematic sheet, component template, Draftsman sheet template, and layerstack) and displaying item names in the Projects panel and document tab." border="" class="" height="206" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/WorkspaceItemEditing_ItemName_AD24_4.png" style="" title="An example of editing Workspace content (schematic snippet, managed schematic sheet, component template, Draftsman sheet template, and layerstack) and displaying item names in the Projects panel and document tab." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption">An example of editing Workspace content (schematic snippet, managed schematic sheet, component template, Draftsman sheet template, and layerstack) and displaying item names in the <em>Projects</em> panel and document
tab.</span>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/creating-editing-workspace-content">Creating & Editing Content</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-latest-ms-access-database-file-format-24-4"></a><a id="added-support-for-latest-ms-access-database-file-format"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-latest-ms-access-database-file-format-24-4" id="added-support-for-latest-ms-access-database-file-format-24-4">Added Support for Latest MS Access Database File
Format</h4>
<p>When using Database to Workspace component synchronization (<code>*.CmpSync</code>) and part supplier synchronization (<code>*.PrtSync</code>), files in the latest MS Access database format (<code>*.accdb</code>) can now be used as the data
source. </p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('accdb_support_AD24_4', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('accdb_support_AD24_4', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First accdb_support_AD24_4">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CmpSync_accdb_support_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-941ppd"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="457" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CmpSync_accdb_support_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay accdb_support_AD24_4">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PrtSync_accdb_support_AD24_4.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-941ppd"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="457" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PrtSync_accdb_support_AD24_4.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="accdb_support_AD24_4">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="accdb_support_AD24_4"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("accdb_support_AD24_4",1)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/component-database-to-workspace-data-synchronization">Component Database to Workspace Data Synchronization</a> and
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/supply-chain-database-to-workspace-data-synchronization">Supply Chain Database to Workspace Data Synchronization</a> pages.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-4"></a><a id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-244"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.4" data-global-header-anchor="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-4" id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-4">Features Made Fully Public in Altium Designer 24.4</h3>
<p>The following features are now officially Public with this release:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/defining-managing-copper-areas#render_self_intersecting_regions">Rendering of Self-intersected Regions</a> – available from 22.8</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/editing-polygonal-shaped-pcb-design-objects#preventing_self_intersections">Preventing Self-Intersections</a> – available from 22.8</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/workspace-component-templates#Inherit_Template_23_10">Ability to Inherit a Component Template</a> – available from 23.10</li>
</ul>
<a id="Features_In_CB" name="Features_In_CB"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="altium-designer-24-3"></a><a id="altium-designer-243"></a></p>
<div class="b-article__head">
<h2 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="altium-designer-24-3" id="altium-designer-24-3">Altium Designer 24.3</h2>
<div class="b-article__copy"><a class="b-copy b-copy_processed" data-clipboard-text="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-243" data-url="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-243">
<span class="b-copy__ico"><svg width="16" height="16" viewBox="0 0 16 16" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M7.81807 4.64903C8.66213 4.8162 9.46754 5.22685 10.1217 5.88097C11.879 7.63833 11.879 10.4876 10.1217 12.2449L8.00034 14.3663C6.24298 16.1236 3.39374 16.1236 1.63638 14.3663C-0.12098 12.6089 -0.12098 9.75965 1.63638 8.00229L3.6424 5.99627C3.55808 6.48206 3.53928 6.97701 3.586 7.46688L2.34349 8.7094C0.976651 10.0762 0.976651 12.2923 2.34349 13.6591C3.71032 15.026 5.9264 15.026 7.29323 13.6591L9.41455 11.5378C10.7814 10.171 10.7814 7.95491 9.41455 6.58808C8.72205 5.89558 7.81156 5.55393 6.90396 5.56313L7.81807 4.64903Z" fill="#111111"></path>
<path d="M8.18261 11.3556C7.33855 11.1884 6.53314 10.7777 5.87902 10.1236C4.12166 8.36625 4.12166 5.51701 5.87902 3.75965L8.00034 1.63833C9.7577 -0.119027 12.6069 -0.119027 14.3643 1.63833C16.1217 3.39569 16.1217 6.24493 14.3643 8.00229L12.3583 10.0083C12.4426 9.52252 12.4614 9.02758 12.4147 8.5377L13.6572 7.29519C15.024 5.92835 15.024 3.71227 13.6572 2.34544C12.2904 0.978604 10.0743 0.978604 8.70745 2.34544L6.58613 4.46676C5.21929 5.83359 5.21929 8.04967 6.58613 9.41651C7.27863 10.109 8.18912 10.4507 9.09671 10.4415L8.18261 11.3556Z" fill="#111111"></path>
</svg>
</span><span class="b-copy__text">Copy Link</span><span class="b-copy__text-copied">Copied</span></a>
</div>
</div>
<p><em>Released: 19 March 2024 – Version 24.3.1 (build 35)</em></p>
<p><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/public-release-notes#version-2431">Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.3.1</a></p>
<div class="collapse"></div>
<details class="b-collapsed-block collapsible collapsed js-form-wrapper form-wrapper b-collapsed-block_processed" id="key_highlights_24_3" data-once="details">
<summary role="button" aria-controls="key_highlights_24_3" aria-expanded="false" aria-pressed="false" class="title"><a>Key Highlights</a>
<div class="b-collapsed-block__control-text"><span>Expand</span><span>Collapse</span></div><span class="summary"></span>
</summary>
<div class="details-wrapper">
<div class="collapse-text-text">
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-design-improvements-24-3"></a><a id="pcb-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-design-improvements-24-3" id="pcb-design-improvements-24-3">PCB Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="PadCorner_AbsoluteValue" name="PadCorner_AbsoluteValue"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pad-corner-radiuschamfer-as-an-absolute-value-open-beta-24-3"></a><a id="pad-corner-radiuschamfer-as-an-absolute-value-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="pad-corner-radiuschamfer-as-an-absolute-value-open-beta-24-3" id="pad-corner-radiuschamfer-as-an-absolute-value-open-beta-24-3">Pad Corner Radius/Chamfer as an Absolute Value
(Open Beta)</h4>
<p>In this release, the ability to define pad corner radius/chamfer as an absolute value (in mil or mm) has been added.</p>
<p>When a pad of the <strong>Rounded Rectangle</strong> or <strong>Chamfered Rectangle</strong> shape (on a copper, paste or solder layer) is selected in the PCB or PCB Footprint editor, enter a value to the <strong>Corner
Radius</strong> field to define the radius/chamfer as an absolute value (with the default measurement units). Note that the absolute value of the pad corner radius/chamfer must be less than or equal to half of the shortest pad
side. The calculated percentage value will be shown at the right of the field.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_Pad_CornerRadiusChamferAbsolute_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-flchbd"> <img alt="Enter a value to the Corner Radius field to define it as an absolute value." border="1" class="" height="738" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_Pad_CornerRadiusChamferAbsolute_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="Enter a value to the Corner Radius field to define it as an absolute value." width="800" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">Enter a value to the <strong>Corner Radius</strong> field to define it as an absolute value.</span>
</p>
<p>Enter a value followed by the <code>%</code> symbol to define the radius/chamfer as the percentage of half of the pad's shortest side (as in previous versions). </p>
<p>The absolute value of the pad corner radius chamfer is also supported by the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/editing-multiple-pcb-design-objects#list_panels">PCB List and PCBLIB List panels</a>, the
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/using-find-similar-objects-tools">Find Similar Objects dialog</a>, and the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/working-with-pad-via-templates-and-libraries">Pad/Via Template editor</a>.
Also, the following query keywords can now be used in expressions:</p>
<table border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1">
<thead>
<tr>
<th scope="col" style="width: 300px;">Keyword</th>
<th scope="col">Summary</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_Value_AllLayers</code></p>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_Value_TopLayer</code></p>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_Value_BottomLayer</code></p>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_Value_MidLayer<em><n></em></code><br> (where <code><em>n</em></code> = 1..30)</p>
</td>
<td>
<p>Return pad objects whose <strong>Pad Corner Radius Size</strong> property for the corresponding layer complies with the query.</p>
<p>For example, the <code>AsMM(Pad_CornerRadius_Value_TopLayer) > '0.1'</code> query returns pad objects whose <strong>Pad Corner Radius Size (Top Layer)</strong> property is greater than
<code>0.1mm</code>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_AllLayers</code></p>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_TopLayer</code></p>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_BottomLayer</code></p>
<p><code>Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_MidLayer<em><n></em></code><br> (where <code><em>n</em></code> = 1..30)</p>
</td>
<td>
<p>Return pad objects whose <strong>Pad Corner Radius Uses Percent</strong> property for the corresponding layer complies with the query.</p>
<p>For example, the <code>Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_MidLayer2 = 'False'</code> query returns pad objects whose <strong>Pad Corner Radius Uses Percent (Mid Layer 2)</strong> property is disabled (i.e. an
absolute value is used to define the pad radius on this layer).</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages info">Note that the existing <code>Pad_CornerRadius_AllLayers</code>, <code>Pad_CornerRadius_TopLayer</code>, <code>Pad_CornerRadius_BottomLayer</code>
and <code>Pad_CornerRadius_MidLayer<em><n></em></code> (where <code><em>n</em></code> = 1..30) are still used to scope pad objects whose <strong>Pad Corner Radius (%)</strong> property for the corresponding layer complies
with the query.</div>
<p>Support for pad corner radius/chamfer defined as an absolute value has also been added to the <em>Import Wizard</em> when <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/expedition-import">importing an Xpedition design</a>.</p>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <code>PCB.Pad.CustomShape.CornerRadiusAbsolute</code> option is enabled in
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pads-vias">Working with Pads & Vias</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-replication-improvements-24-3"></a><a id="pcb-replication-improvements"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-replication-improvements-24-3" id="pcb-replication-improvements-24-3">PCB Replication Improvements</h4>
<p><strong>Enhanced Error Notifications</strong></p>
<p>If a missing pin connection in the selected Source Block is detected when running the Layout Replication tool, the warning dialog will notify you about the missing connection.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="203" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCBLayoutReplication_MissingPinConnection_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="480"
loading="lazy"></p>
<p>Click the link in the dialog to cross-probe to the offending object.</p>
<p><strong>Added 'Busy' State for PCB Replication</strong></p>
<p>To provide a more responsive UI for the PCB replication process, the indicators of the feature 'busy' state were added in this release.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<p>When running the Layout Replication tool, an indication that replication data is loading, with the possibility to cancel out of the process, appears before opening the <em>PCB Layout Replication</em> dialog.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCBLayoutReplication_Launch_Busy_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-l7p57j"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="560" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCBLayoutReplication_Launch_Busy_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="700" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
</li>
<li>After clicking the <strong>Replicate</strong> button in the <em>PCB Layout Replication</em> dialog, the cursor indicates 'in progress' (<img alt="" border="1" class="" height="20" id=""
src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCBLayoutReplication_Replicate_Busy_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px; margin-top: -4px; margin-bottom: -4px;" title="" width="20" loading="lazy">)
before the first block is placed (or ready for placement in interactive mode).</li>
</ul>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-layout-replication">PCB Layout Replication</a> page.</div>
<a id="Constraint_Mgr_24_3" name="Constraint_Mgr_24_3"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-3"></a><a id="constraint-manager-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="constraint-manager-improvements-24-3" id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-3">Constraint Manager Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-importing-design-directives-open-beta-24-3"></a><a id="added-support-for-importing-design-directives-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-importing-design-directives-open-beta-24-3" id="added-support-for-importing-design-directives-open-beta-24-3">Added Support for Importing Design Directives
(Open Beta)</h4>
<p>You can now import constraints from design directives, placed and defined on your schematic source documents, into the <em>Constraint Manager</em>. This is performed from the <strong>Physical</strong> or <strong>Electrical</strong> view
(when accessing the <em>Constraint Manager</em> from a schematic) using the new <strong>Import from Directives</strong> command (from the right-click context menu) and supports rule, net class, diff pair, and diff pair class
directives.</p>
<div class="messages info">Note that any existing constraints already defined for nets/net classes/diff pairs/diff pair classes through the <em>Constraint Manager</em> will take precedence and are, therefore, kept when an import is
processed.</div>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportDirectives_1_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-h8woy0"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="634" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportDirectives_1_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportDirectives_2_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-h8woy0"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="634" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportDirectives_2_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportDirectives1_3_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-h8woy0"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="634" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_ImportDirectives1_3_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3",1)"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3",2)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3">
<p>On a schematic, some Parameter Set and Differential Pair directives are placed. These directives define a diff pair, a net class and Width rules.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3">
<p>Use the <strong>Import from Directives</strong> command from the right-click menu in the <em>Constraint Manager</em>.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3CM_ImportDirectives_AD24_3">
<p>The data from the directives will be imported into the <em>Constraint Manager</em>.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <code>ConstraintManager.ImportFromDirectives</code> option is enabled in
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager#importing_directives">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="new-diff-pairs-tab-24-3"></a><a id="new-diff-pairs-tab"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="new-diff-pairs-tab-24-3" id="new-diff-pairs-tab-24-3">New 'Diff Pairs' Tab</h4>
<p>A new <strong>Diff Pairs</strong> tab is now available from the <strong>Electrical</strong> constraints view for explicitly defining and managing differential pairs. A hierarchical list of the differential pairs in the design is shown on
this tab. Select a cell for a differential pair or differential pair class to present constraints for it in the bottom region of the <em>Constraint Manager</em>.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_Electrical_DiffPairs_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-zg8ef8"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="641" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_Electrical_DiffPairs_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager#defining_differential_pairs">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="support-for-creepage-in-the-clearance-matrix-24-3"></a><a id="support-for-creepage-in-the-clearance-matrix"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="support-for-creepage-in-the-clearance-matrix-24-3" id="support-for-creepage-in-the-clearance-matrix-24-3">Support for Creepage in the Clearance Matrix</h4>
<p>A Creepage rule can now be specified when defining electrical clearances between classes of nets and/or differential pairs using the matrix in the <strong>Clearances</strong> view.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_Clearance_Creepage_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-xzrgj5"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="366" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_Clearance_Creepage_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager#clearance_matrix">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="support-for-multi-editing-in-the-clearance-matrix-24-3"></a><a id="support-for-multi-editing-in-the-clearance-matrix"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="support-for-multi-editing-in-the-clearance-matrix-24-3" id="support-for-multi-editing-in-the-clearance-matrix-24-3">Support for Multi-editing in the Clearance Matrix</h4>
<p>Added support to the clearance matrix (the <strong>Clearance</strong> view) for multi-editing within a selected row/column. In the detailed clearance settings of the <em>Constraint Manager</em>, select a row or
column, type the required value, and press <strong>Enter</strong> or click to apply this value to all cells of the row/column.</p>
<p>
<video controls="" height="y" poster="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_Clearance_MultiEditing_AD24_3_static.png" preload="auto" style="max-width:100%; height: auto;" width="x">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_Clearance_MultiEditing_AD24_3.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager#clearance_matrix">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="draftsman-improvement-24-3"></a><a id="draftsman-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="draftsman-improvement-24-3" id="draftsman-improvement-24-3">Draftsman Improvement</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ability-to-change-the-resolution-of-a-board-realistic-view-24-3"></a><a id="ability-to-change-the-resolution-of-a-board-realistic-view"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="ability-to-change-the-resolution-of-a-board-realistic-view-24-3" id="ability-to-change-the-resolution-of-a-board-realistic-view-24-3">Ability to Change the Resolution of a
Board Realistic View</h4>
<p>The resolution for a placed <strong>Board Realistic View</strong> can now be configured in the <strong>Resolution(DPI)</strong> field in the <strong>Properties </strong>region of the <em>Properties </em>panel by entering the
desired resolution in the field. Previously, the view was a static rendered image with no way to change the resolution. The minimum setting is 75 DPI, and the default setting is 300 DPI.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Draftsman_Pnl_Properties_BoardRealisticView_Resolution_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-mnq3e6"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="427" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Draftsman_Pnl_Properties_BoardRealisticView_Resolution_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="325" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/working-with-additional-draftsman-views#board-realistic-view">Working with Additional Views</a> page.</div>
<a id="Harness_24_3" name="Harness_24_3"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="harness-design-improvements-24-3"></a><a id="harness-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="harness-design-improvements-24-3" id="harness-design-improvements-24-3">Harness Design Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="cavity-enhancements-24-3"></a><a id="cavity-enhancements"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="cavity-enhancements-24-3" id="cavity-enhancements-24-3">Cavity Enhancements</h4>
<p><strong>Specifying Cavity Types</strong></p>
<p>You can now specify the type of cavity for each pin of a harness component in the Wiring Diagram (<code>*.WirDoc</code>). On the <strong>Cavities </strong>tab of the <em>Properties </em>panel, select the desired pin, then click
<strong>Add</strong>. Choose the cavity type from the drop-down. In the<em> Select Connector </em>dialog that opens, select the specific desired connector for the pin.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SelectCavityType1_24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-w69ruz"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="429" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SelectCavityType1_24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="900" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>Only one cavity of a particular type can be added to a pin. Once a cavity of a particular type has been added, the entry is unavailable (grayed out) in the drop-down, as shown in the image below for Pin 3.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PlugType1_24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-5ecelr"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="453" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PlugType1_24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="385" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#assigning-socket-cavities">Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> page.</div>
<p><strong>Added New Cavity Types to Wiring List and Connection Table</strong></p>
<p>Seals, plugs and other cavity parts can be displayed in a wiring list and connection table in a manufacturing drawing. Enable the visibility of the desired columns in the <strong>Columns</strong> tab of the <em>Properties</em> panel when
the placed table is selected in the design space.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_MD_Tables_Cavities_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-iid2wr"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="256" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_MD_Tables_Cavities_AD24_3.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#working_with_tables">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<p><strong>Added Cavity BOM Line Numbers to Callouts on the Manufacturing Drawing</strong></p>
<p>When a callout set to display the BOM Item is added to the physical view of a component on a layout drawing view, it will include BOM line numbers for all assigned cavities.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_BOMCallout_Cavities_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-iftyrc"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="454" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_BOMCallout_Cavities_AD24_3.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#drawing_annotation_and_dimensioning">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="visibility-and-lock-options-for-harness-bundle-length-parameter-24-3"></a><a id="visibility-and-lock-options-for-harness-bundle-length-parameter"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="visibility-and-lock-options-for-harness-bundle-length-parameter-24-3" id="visibility-and-lock-options-for-harness-bundle-length-parameter-24-3">Visibility and Lock Options for
Harness Bundle Length Parameter</h4>
<p>The <strong>Length </strong>parameter of a harness bundle in a Layout Drawing (<code>*.LdrDoc</code>) now includes visibility and lock options.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/BundleLength1_24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-2u9zaj"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="341" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/BundleLength1_24_2.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="760" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-layout-drawing#working-with-harness-bundles">Creating the Harness Layout Drawing</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="highlight-bundles-with-wires-from-split-cables-24-3"></a><a id="highlight-bundles-with-wires-from-split-cables"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="highlight-bundles-with-wires-from-split-cables-24-3" id="highlight-bundles-with-wires-from-split-cables-24-3">Highlight Bundles with Wires from Split Cables</h4>
<p>All harness bundles that include wires from a split harness cable are now highlighted on the Layout Drawing when the cable is selected in the <strong>Bundle Objects</strong> region of the <em>Properties </em>panel. For a split
cable, the length of the longest wire is shown in BOM.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('HD_SplitCable_AD24_3', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('HD_SplitCable_AD24_3', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First HD_SplitCable_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_SplitCable_WD_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-39ghiz"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_SplitCable_WD_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay HD_SplitCable_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_SplitCable_LD_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-39ghiz"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_SplitCable_LD_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay HD_SplitCable_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_SplitCable_ActiveBOM_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-39ghiz"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_SplitCable_ActiveBOM_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="HD_SplitCable_AD24_3">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="HD_SplitCable_AD24_3"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("HD_SplitCable_AD24_3",1)"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("HD_SplitCable_AD24_3",2)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText HD_SplitCable_AD24_3HD_SplitCable_AD24_3">
<p>Cable <code>C1</code> is split between different connectors.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText HD_SplitCable_AD24_3HD_SplitCable_AD24_3">
<p>When clicking the cable entry in the <strong>Bundle Objects</strong> region of the <em>Properties</em> panel for the selected bundle, all bundles that include wires from <code>C1</code> are now highlighted.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText HD_SplitCable_AD24_3HD_SplitCable_AD24_3">
<p>In BOM, the length of the longest wire (a wire that passes through bundles <code>B1</code> and <code>B3</code> in this example) is shown for <code>C1</code>.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-twist-object-designator-to-the-wiring-list-24-3"></a><a id="added-twist-object-designator-to-the-wiring-list"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-twist-object-designator-to-the-wiring-list-24-3" id="added-twist-object-designator-to-the-wiring-list-24-3">Added Twist Object Designator to the Wiring List</h4>
<p>The designator of a twist object is now displayed in the wiring list as shown in the image below. </p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TwistDesignatorWiringList1_24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1pwndk"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="388" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TwistDesignatorWiringList1_24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="730" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#wiring-list">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="board-detail-view-renamed-harness-detail-view-24-3"></a><a id="board-detail-view-renamed-harness-detail-view"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="board-detail-view-renamed-harness-detail-view-24-3" id="board-detail-view-renamed-harness-detail-view-24-3">Board Detail View Renamed Harness Detail View</h4>
<p>The <strong>Board Detail View</strong> in a Harness Draftsman document (<code>*.HarDwf</code>) has been renamed <strong>Harness Detail View</strong>.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HarnessDetailView_24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-4ydhhe"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="499" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HarnessDetailView_24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="750" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#additional-views">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="display-individual-wire-lengths-in-wiring-list-and-connection-table-24-3"></a><a id="display-individual-wire-lengths-in-wiring-list-and-connection-table"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="display-individual-wire-lengths-in-wiring-list-and-connection-table-24-3" id="display-individual-wire-lengths-in-wiring-list-and-connection-table-24-3">Display Individual Wire
Lengths in Wiring List and Connection Table</h4>
<p>The <strong>Length</strong> column in a wiring list and connection table now displays the individual wire lengths for each wire in a cable.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_IndividualWireLength_WD_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ndwpn3"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="454" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_IndividualWireLength_WD_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_IndividualWireLength_MD2_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ndwpn3"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="454" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_IndividualWireLength_MD2_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3",1)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3">
<p>Wires <code>W1</code>, <code>W2</code> and <code>W3</code> are part of a cable.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3HD_IndividualWireLength_AD24_3">
<p>Individual lengths of these wires are now shown in a wiring list and connection table.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#working-with-tables">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="display-total-length-of-wires-and-cables-in-bom-24-3"></a><a id="display-total-length-of-wires-and-cables-in-bom"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="display-total-length-of-wires-and-cables-in-bom-24-3" id="display-total-length-of-wires-and-cables-in-bom-24-3">Display Total Length of Wires and Cables in BOM</h4>
<p>For <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#placing_harness_component">harness wiring components</a>, the <strong>Length</strong> column in the ActiveBOM document and BOM Table in a manufacturing drawing now
presents the total length for wires/cables of the same BOM item rather than their individual lengths.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_TotalLength_ActiveBOM_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-4qpd49"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="226" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_TotalLength_ActiveBOM_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_TotalLength_MD_BOMTable_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ljsmc5"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="226" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HD_TotalLength_MD_BOMTable_AD24_3.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#working-with-tables">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="Data_Management_24_3" name="Data_Management_24_3"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="data-management-improvements-24-3"></a><a id="data-management-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="data-management-improvements-24-3" id="data-management-improvements-24-3">Data Management Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="support-for-custom-pricing-24-3"></a><a id="support-for-custom-pricing"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="support-for-custom-pricing-24-3" id="support-for-custom-pricing-24-3">Support for Custom Pricing</h4>
<p>When you have a configured connection to a specific supplier account through the browser interface of your Altium 365 Workspace (<a href="/documentation/altium-365/part-source-configuration#custom_supplier_prices">learn more</a>), you
can now see custom pricing where applicable in the ActiveBOM and all places where part choices are accessed. Also, suppliers that provide custom prices are labeled as such in the <em>Project Part Providers Preferences</em>
dialog, which can be accessed by clicking the <strong>Edit</strong> button in the <strong>Favorite Suppliers List</strong> field in the <em>Properties</em> panel for the ActiveBOM document.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ActiveBOM_CustomPrices_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-mmljav"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="563" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ActiveBOM_CustomPrices_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-bom-checks-for-siliconexpert-parameters-24-3"></a><a id="added-bom-checks-for-siliconexpert-parameters"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-bom-checks-for-siliconexpert-parameters-24-3" id="added-bom-checks-for-siliconexpert-parameters-24-3">Added BOM Checks for SiliconExpert Parameters</h4>
<p>Support for a range of checks based on SiliconExpert parameters was added to ActiveBOM. You can enable or disable these checks in the <strong>Violations Associated with Part Choices</strong> category in the <em>BOM Checks</em>
dialog. Open the dialog by clicking the <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="22" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_ActiveBOM_BOMChecks_Icn_CheckOptions_AD24.png"
style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px; margin-top: -4px; margin-bottom: -4px;" title="" width="34" loading="lazy"> button in the <strong>BOM Checks</strong> region of the <em>Properties</em> panel.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_ActiveBOM_BOMChecks_Dlg_BOMChecks_SEChecks_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-sbba5u"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="438" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_ActiveBOM_BOMChecks_Dlg_BOMChecks_SEChecks_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pulling-siliconexpert-part-data">Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert</a>
and <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/finalizing-bom#bom_verification">Finalizing Your BOM</a> pages.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-comment-resolved-status-to-exported-pdf-24-3"></a><a id="added-comment-resolved-status-to-exported-pdf"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-comment-resolved-status-to-exported-pdf-24-3" id="added-comment-resolved-status-to-exported-pdf-24-3">Added Comment Resolved Status to Exported PDF</h4>
<p>When exporting comments to PDF, the status for resolved simple comments (i.e., those not assigned as 'tasks') is now included in the export.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Comments_Export_ResolvedSimpleComments_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-drmcti"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="411" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Comments_Export_ResolvedSimpleComments_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/project-commenting#comments_and_tasks_panel_options">Document Commenting</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-compiled-intlib-to-downloaded-manufacturer-part-zip-24-3"></a><a id="added-compiled-intlib-to-downloaded-manufacturer-part-zip"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-compiled-intlib-to-downloaded-manufacturer-part-zip-24-3" id="added-compiled-intlib-to-downloaded-manufacturer-part-zip-24-3">Added Compiled IntLib to Downloaded
Manufacturer Part Zip</h4>
<p>When downloading a component from the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel as a file library, the compiled Integrated library (<code>*.IntLib</code>) is now included as part of the Zip file.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_Download_IntLib_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-kp3lvw"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="406" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_Download_IntLib_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/schematic-searching-placing-components#manufacturer_part_search_panel">Searching for & Placing Components</a> page.</div>
<a id="ImportersExporters_24_3" name="ImportersExporters_24_3"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="importexport-improvement-24-3"></a><a id="importexport-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="importexport-improvement-24-3" id="importexport-improvement-24-3">Import/Export Improvement</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="xpedition-library-import-enhancements-24-3"></a><a id="xpedition-library-import-enhancements"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="xpedition-library-import-enhancements-24-3" id="xpedition-library-import-enhancements-24-3">Xpedition Library Import Enhancements</h4>
<p>This release adds the following improvements when importing an Xpedition library into Altium Designer.</p>
<ul>
<li>Added support for 'Round Donut' pad shapes defined in footprints within an Xpedition library. Note that this first step enables such footprint pads to be imported (as custom pad shapes). There is no dedicated ‘Round Donut’ pad shape
in PCB/PCB Footprint editors.</li>
<li>Defined pad hole tolerances are now included when importing an Xpedition library.</li>
<li>Added support for replicated text strings in footprints (i.e., mounting hole 'A's) when importing an Xpedition library. The original string, its replicates, and associated parameters are imported.</li>
<li>Added support for zero-width lines defined for a footprint on the Placement Outline layer when importing an Xpedition library.</li>
</ul>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/expedition-import">Importing a Design from Xpedition</a> page.</div>
<a id="SIM_24_3" name="SIM_24_3"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="circuit-simulation-improvements-24-3"></a><a id="circuit-simulation-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="circuit-simulation-improvements-24-3" id="circuit-simulation-improvements-24-3">Circuit Simulation Improvements</h3>
<a id="SIM_SParameter" name="SIM_SParameter"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="simulation-s-parameters-analysis-open-beta-24-3"></a><a id="simulation-s-parameters-analysis-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="simulation-s-parameters-analysis-open-beta-24-3" id="simulation-s-parameters-analysis-open-beta-24-3">Simulation S-Parameters Analysis (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>This release adds the ability to run an analysis of S-parameters (scattering parameters). Such parameters facilitate an approach for describing networks based on the ratio of incident and reflected microwaves (for a device under test,
how much power passes from one port to another, and how much power is reflected back). These ratios can be subsequently used to calculate the properties of a circuit, including input impedance, frequency response and isolation. While this
type of analysis is primarily for RF circuits and components, it is equally useful for any circuit with at least two sources (ports).</p>
<p>This new analysis is done by enabling the <strong>S-Parameters Analysis</strong> option in the <strong>AC Sweep</strong> region of the <em>Simulation Dashboard</em> panel. Define the ports (sources) involved and set an impedance for
each (default is 50 ohms). If a device has more than two ports, these can be added and defined accordingly, which will result in more S-parameters involved in the resulting ‘S-matrix.’ Once the AC sweep analysis is run, the
S-parameters data will be available on the <strong>S-parameters Analysis</strong> chart in the SDF document.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Simulation_SParameterAnalysis_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ddj8yo"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="826" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Simulation_SParameterAnalysis_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>The simulation engine also calculates Y-parameters (admittance) and Z-parameters (impedance), which can be added to plots in the chart as desired.</p>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <code>Simulation.SParametersAnalysis</code> option is enabled in
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/configuring-running-simulation#s_parameters_analysis">Configuring & Running a Simulation</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-ability-to-present-spice-models-in-the-components-panel-24-3"></a><a id="added-ability-to-present-spice-models-in-the-components-panel"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-ability-to-present-spice-models-in-the-components-panel-24-3" id="added-ability-to-present-spice-models-in-the-components-panel-24-3">Added Ability to Present SPICE
Models in the Components Panel</h4>
<p>In this release, a new <strong>Show in Components Panel</strong> option has been added to the <strong>Simulation – General</strong> page of the <em>Preferences</em> dialog. When this option is enabled, the <strong>SPICE
Libraries</strong> category is available in the <em>Components</em> panel, and the libraries contained in the <strong>Model Path</strong> folder specified on the <strong>Simulation – General</strong> page of the
<em>Preferences</em> dialog are listed in this category. The category structure reflects the structure of the specified folder.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Prefs_Simulation_General_ShowInComponentsPanel_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-8t1sc6"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="458" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Prefs_Simulation_General_ShowInComponentsPanel_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>As part of this, a folder of Analog Devices' SPICE models has been added to the Mixed Simulation extension's default installation <code>Library</code> folder (<code>\ProgramData\Altium\Altium Designer <GUID>\Extensions\Mixed
Simulation\Library\SPICE Models\Analog Devices</code>).</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/simulation-preferences#general_sim">Simulation Preferences</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-enable-simulation-generic-components-library-option-24-3"></a><a id="added-enable-simulation-generic-components-library-option"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-enable-simulation-generic-components-library-option-24-3" id="added-enable-simulation-generic-components-library-option-24-3">Added Enable Simulation Generic Components
Library Option</h4>
<p>A new <strong>Enable Simulation Generic Components Library</strong> option has been added to the <strong>Simulation – General</strong> page of the <em>Preferences</em> dialog, allowing you to control the library’s visibility within
the <em>Components</em> panel.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Prefs_Simulation_General_EnableSGCLibrary_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-9sdimf"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="458" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Prefs_Simulation_General_EnableSGCLibrary_AD24_3.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>In addition, the library has been removed from the <strong>Installed</strong> tab of the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/schematic-components-file-based-database-libraries#AvailableLibraries">Libraries Preferences dialog</a>.</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/simulation-preferences#general_sim">Simulation Preferences</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-the-temp-keyword-in-constant-parameters-24-3"></a><a id="added-support-for-the-temp-keyword-in-constant-parameters"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-the-temp-keyword-in-constant-parameters-24-3" id="added-support-for-the-temp-keyword-in-constant-parameters-24-3">Added Support for the 'TEMP' Keyword in
Constant Parameters</h4>
<p>For temperature analysis, the keyword <code>TEMP</code> can now be used in constant parameters.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SIM_TEMP_ConstantParameters_AD24_3.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-9y3qmr"> <img alt="The keyword TEMP can be used in constant parameters. The image shows the TEMP keyword being used to calculate the IS parameter of transistor Q11." border="1" class="" height="402" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SIM_TEMP_ConstantParameters_AD24_3.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="The keyword TEMP can be used in constant parameters. The image shows the TEMP keyword being used to calculate the IS parameter of transistor Q11." width="550" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">The keyword <code>TEMP</code> can be used in constant parameters. The image shows the <code>TEMP</code> keyword being used to calculate
the <code>IS</code> parameter of transistor <code>Q11</code>.</span>
</p>
<p>The TEMP value (the actual operating temperature of the circuit in °C) is set on the <b>Advanced</b> tab of the <em>Advanced Analysis Settings</em> dialog accessed by
clicking <strong>Settings</strong> in the <strong>Analysis Setup & Run</strong> region of the <em>Simulation Dashboard</em> panel.</p>
<div class="messages note">Note that if the <code>TEMP</code> keyword is used in a constant parameter, the simulator will not be able to perform a
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/configuring-running-simulation#dc_sweep">DC Sweep analysis</a> when the <strong>Temp</strong> parameter is selected as a parameter to be stepped for this analysis.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/configuring-running-simulation#advanced_simulation_options">Configuring & Running a Simulation</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-the-ltspice-ako-model-keyword-24-3"></a><a id="added-support-for-the-ltspice-ako-model-keyword"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-the-ltspice-ako-model-keyword-24-3" id="added-support-for-the-ltspice-ako-model-keyword-24-3">Added Support for the LTspice 'AKO' Model Keyword</h4>
<p>When creating a model based on another model, you can now use the <code>AKO</code> model keyword.</p>
<p>In the example shown below, model <code>QP</code> has all the same parameters as model <code>QP350</code>, except that <code>BF</code> is changed and <code>VA</code> is set.</p>
<p class="rteindent1"><code>.MODEL QP350 PNP(IS=1.4E-15 BF=70 CJE=.012P CJC=.06P RE=20 RB=350 RC=200)</code></p>
<p class="rteindent1"><code>.MODEL QP AKO:QP350 PNP(BF=150 VA=100)</code></p>
<div class="messages info">
<p>Error detection is applied when using the <code>AKO</code> syntax, in cases where the model definition involves:</p>
<ul>
<li>infinite recursion – <a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_SIMModel_AKO_InfRecursion_AD24_3.png" data-fancybox="group-hzltmh"> <img style="display: none;">show image</a>, or</li>
<li>a missing base model – <a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_SIMModel_AKO_MissingBaseModel_AD24_3.png" data-fancybox="group-2twz71"> <img style="display: none;">show image</a>.</li>
</ul>
</div>
<ul>
</ul>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/creating-simulation-model">Creating a Simulation Model</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-3"></a><a id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-243"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.3" data-global-header-anchor="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-3" id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-3">Features Made Fully Public in Altium Designer 24.3</h3>
<p>The following features are now officially Public with this release:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/configuring-pcb-printouts#print_not_fitted_components">Print Not Fitted Components</a> – available from 22.3</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/glossing-retracing-existing-routes-pcb#retrace">Any Angle Retrace</a> – available from 23.10</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-layout-replication">Replication of PCB Layout</a> – available from 23.11</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/length-tuning-pcb#automatic_tuning_multiple_nets">Automatic Tuning of Multiple Nets</a> – available from 23.11</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/interactively-routing-differential-pairs-pcb#routing_a_differential_pair">Any Angle Diff Pair Router</a> – available from 24.0</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-placement-editing-techniques#true_type_font_support">Ability to Store TrueType Fonts</a> – available from 24.1</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</details>
<div class="collapse-text-text"></div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="altium-designer-24-2"></a><a id="altium-designer-242"></a></p>
<div class="b-article__head">
<h2 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="altium-designer-24-2" id="altium-designer-24-2">Altium Designer 24.2</h2>
<div class="b-article__copy"><a class="b-copy b-copy_processed" data-clipboard-text="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-242" data-url="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-242">
<span class="b-copy__ico"><svg width="16" height="16" viewBox="0 0 16 16" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M7.81807 4.64903C8.66213 4.8162 9.46754 5.22685 10.1217 5.88097C11.879 7.63833 11.879 10.4876 10.1217 12.2449L8.00034 14.3663C6.24298 16.1236 3.39374 16.1236 1.63638 14.3663C-0.12098 12.6089 -0.12098 9.75965 1.63638 8.00229L3.6424 5.99627C3.55808 6.48206 3.53928 6.97701 3.586 7.46688L2.34349 8.7094C0.976651 10.0762 0.976651 12.2923 2.34349 13.6591C3.71032 15.026 5.9264 15.026 7.29323 13.6591L9.41455 11.5378C10.7814 10.171 10.7814 7.95491 9.41455 6.58808C8.72205 5.89558 7.81156 5.55393 6.90396 5.56313L7.81807 4.64903Z" fill="#111111"></path>
<path d="M8.18261 11.3556C7.33855 11.1884 6.53314 10.7777 5.87902 10.1236C4.12166 8.36625 4.12166 5.51701 5.87902 3.75965L8.00034 1.63833C9.7577 -0.119027 12.6069 -0.119027 14.3643 1.63833C16.1217 3.39569 16.1217 6.24493 14.3643 8.00229L12.3583 10.0083C12.4426 9.52252 12.4614 9.02758 12.4147 8.5377L13.6572 7.29519C15.024 5.92835 15.024 3.71227 13.6572 2.34544C12.2904 0.978604 10.0743 0.978604 8.70745 2.34544L6.58613 4.46676C5.21929 5.83359 5.21929 8.04967 6.58613 9.41651C7.27863 10.109 8.18912 10.4507 9.09671 10.4415L8.18261 11.3556Z" fill="#111111"></path>
</svg>
</span><span class="b-copy__text">Copy Link</span><span class="b-copy__text-copied">Copied</span></a>
</div>
</div>
<p><em>Released: 15 February 2024 – Version 24.2.2 (build 26)</em></p>
<p><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/public-release-notes#version-2422">Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.2.2</a></p>
<div class="collapse"></div>
<details class="b-collapsed-block collapsible collapsed js-form-wrapper form-wrapper b-collapsed-block_processed" id="key_highlights_24_2" data-once="details">
<summary role="button" aria-controls="key_highlights_24_2" aria-expanded="false" aria-pressed="false" class="title"><a>Key Highlights</a>
<div class="b-collapsed-block__control-text"><span>Expand</span><span>Collapse</span></div><span class="summary"></span>
</summary>
<div class="details-wrapper">
<div class="collapse-text-text">
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-design-improvements-24-2"></a><a id="pcb-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-design-improvements-24-2" id="pcb-design-improvements-24-2">PCB Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="PCBReplication_ManualComponentSelect" name="PCBReplication_ManualComponentSelect"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-the-ability-to-choose-components-manually-while-replicating-24-2"></a><a id="added-the-ability-to-choose-components-manually-while-replicating"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-the-ability-to-choose-components-manually-while-replicating-24-2" id="added-the-ability-to-choose-components-manually-while-replicating-24-2">Added the Ability to Choose
Components Manually while Replicating</h4>
<p>This release extends the functionality of the PCB Layout Replication tool with the ability to manually map components in target blocks where multiple components have been detected by the tool as having similar connections. This
allows you to manually choose between available components that are able to replace each other faithfully without violating circuit connectivity.</p>
<p>When multiple components with similar connections are detected by the tool, corresponding target blocks in the <em>PCB Layout Replication</em> dialog will have the <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="18" id=""
src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Icn_Alternate_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px; margin-top: -3px; margin-bottom: -3px;" title="" width="20" loading="lazy">
icon (when the block is collapsed), and each component with available replacements will have the <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="18" id=""
src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Icn_Alternate_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px; margin-top: -3px; margin-bottom: -3px;" title="" width="20" loading="lazy">
icon (when the block is expanded). Use the drop-down in the <strong>Designator</strong> field of the component with detected replacements to choose the required component.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_Block_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-jxvhqb"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="581" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_Block_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_Component_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-jxvhqb"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="581" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_Component_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_Component_DropDown_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-jxvhqb"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="581" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_Component_DropDown_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2",1)"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("Dlg_PCBLayoutReplication_Alternate_AD24_2",2)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-layout-replication">PCB Layout Replication</a> page.</div>
<a id="DiffPair_CommonImpedance_24_2" name="DiffPair_CommonImpedance_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-differential-pair-common-mode-impedance-in-layer-stack-manager-24-2"></a><a id="added-differential-pair-common-mode-impedance-in-layer-stack-manager"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-differential-pair-common-mode-impedance-in-layer-stack-manager-24-2" id="added-differential-pair-common-mode-impedance-in-layer-stack-manager-24-2">Added Differential
Pair Common Mode Impedance in Layer Stack Manager</h4>
<p>When <strong>Differential</strong> is selected as the <strong>Type</strong> in the <em>Properties </em>panel to define an Impedance Profile for a differential pair, a field has been added that shows the common mode
impedance for the selected Impedance Profile. This value, which is displayed as <strong>Impedance (Zcomm)</strong>, is taken from Simbeor's calculated transmission line data.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/DiffPair_Impedance%20_24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-sa1ns7"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="647" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/DiffPair_Impedance%20_24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="360" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/interactively-routing-controlled-impedance-pcb">Controlled Impedance Routing</a> page.</div>
<a id="tuning_miter_connecting_accordion" name="tuning_miter_connecting_accordion"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="use-of-tuning-miter-parameter-for-connecting-an-accordion-to-a-route-24-2"></a><a id="use-of-tuning-miter-parameter-for-connecting-an-accordion-to-a-route"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="use-of-tuning-miter-parameter-for-connecting-an-accordion-to-a-route-24-2" id="use-of-tuning-miter-parameter-for-connecting-an-accordion-to-a-route-24-2">Use of Tuning Miter
Parameter for Connecting an Accordion to a Route</h4>
<p>When interactively tuning the length of a route by adding an accordion, the <strong>Miter</strong> parameter defined for the accordion in the <em>Properties</em> panel is now also used to miter the traces that connect the accordion
to the route. Previously, the <strong>Miter Ratio</strong> parameter defined for the interactive routing was used for these traces.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Tuning_Accordion_Miter_ConnectingTraces_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-mh5pfp"> <img alt="The Miter value from the accordion properties is now also applied to traces connecting that accordion to the route." border="1" class="" height="456" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Tuning_Accordion_Miter_ConnectingTraces_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="The Miter value from the accordion properties is now also applied to traces connecting that accordion to the route." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">The <strong>Miter</strong> value from the accordion properties is now also applied to traces connecting that accordion to the
route.</span>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/length-tuning-pcb">Length Tuning</a> page.</div>
<a id="Constraint_Mgr_24_2" name="Constraint_Mgr_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="constraint-manager-improvement-24-2"></a><a id="constraint-manager-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="constraint-manager-improvement-24-2" id="constraint-manager-improvement-24-2">Constraint Manager Improvement</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="enhanced-ability-to-transfer-constraints-from-pcb-to-schematic-24-2"></a><a id="enhanced-ability-to-transfer-constraints-from-pcb-to-schematic"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="enhanced-ability-to-transfer-constraints-from-pcb-to-schematic-24-2" id="enhanced-ability-to-transfer-constraints-from-pcb-to-schematic-24-2">Enhanced Ability to Transfer
Constraints from PCB to Schematic</h4>
<p>In this release, the ability to transfer constraints defined on the <strong>Physical</strong> and <strong>Electrical</strong> views of the <em>Constraint Manager</em> has been added. In the PCB editor, select
the <strong>Design » Update Schematics in <PCBProjectName></strong> command from the main menus and use the <em>Engineering Change Order</em> dialog that opens to explore, validate and execute the changes in
constraints.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_TransferFromPCBtoSCH_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-y4xv7a"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="696" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_TransferFromPCBtoSCH_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager#transferring_constraints_between_schematic_and_pcb">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="multi-board-design-improvement-24-2"></a><a id="multi-board-design-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="multi-board-design-improvement-24-2" id="multi-board-design-improvement-24-2">Multi-board Design Improvement</h3>
<a id="MultiBoard_BookmarksPanel_24_2" name="MultiBoard_BookmarksPanel_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-bookmarks-panel-for-multi-board-draftsman-documents-24-2"></a><a id="added-bookmarks-panel-for-multi-board-draftsman-documents"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-bookmarks-panel-for-multi-board-draftsman-documents-24-2" id="added-bookmarks-panel-for-multi-board-draftsman-documents-24-2">Added Bookmarks Panel for Multi-board
Draftsman Documents</h4>
<p>The <em>Bookmarks </em>panel is now available in Draftsman when working with a manufacturing drawing of a multi-board design (<code>*.MbDwf</code>). The panel gives a tree view of the sheets on the Draftsman document. Each sheet
entry can be expanded and collapsed; when expanded, the appropriate contents of each sheet are displayed as shown in the image below.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="418" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Bookmarks_MbDwf_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="294" loading="lazy"></p>
<p>You can use the panel to easily navigate in the design space. When an item is selected in the panel or design space, the <em>Properties</em> panel (if open) displays the properties and settings of the selected item. Additionally,
when you select an item in the <em>Bookmarks</em> panel, the design space zooms to the selected item.</p>
<p>
<video controls="" height="y" poster="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MB_Draftsman_Pnl_Bookmarks_AD24_2_static.png" preload="auto" style="max-width:100%; height: auto; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;"
width="x">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MB_Draftsman_Pnl_Bookmarks_AD24_2.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/multi-board-manufacturing-drawing">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="Harness_24_2" name="Harness_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="harness-design-improvements-24-2"></a><a id="harness-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="harness-design-improvements-24-2" id="harness-design-improvements-24-2">Harness Design Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="duplicate-designator-violation-removed-for-cable-shieldand-twist-objects-24-2"></a><a id="duplicate-designator-violation-removed-for-cable-shieldand-twist-objects"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="duplicate-designator-violation-removed-for-cable-shieldand-twist-objects-24-2" id="duplicate-designator-violation-removed-for-cable-shieldand-twist-objects-24-2">Duplicate
Designator Violation Removed for Cable, Shield and Twist Objects</h4>
<p>On the Wiring Diagram, the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/validating-harness-design#duplicate_designator_wd">Duplicate Designator (WD) violation check</a> does not report an issue when Cable/Shield/Twist objects use the
same designator. This can now be split and used in different places using the same designator.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_DuplicateDesignators_Cable_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-5t762v"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="699" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_DuplicateDesignators_Cable_AD24_2.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/validating-harness-design">Validating the Harness Design</a> page.</div>
<a id="Twist_WireHighlight_24_2" name="Twist_WireHighlight_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="highlight-wires-for-twists-and-shields-24-2"></a><a id="highlight-wires-for-twists-and-shields"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="highlight-wires-for-twists-and-shields-24-2" id="highlight-wires-for-twists-and-shields-24-2">Highlight Wires for Twists and Shields</h4>
<p>If a twist/shield is associated with wires in multiple places on the Wiring Diagram (using the same designator), selecting a twist/shield instance will highlight all associated wires in the group with a neon green color.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('Harness_WD_Highlight', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('Harness_WD_Highlight', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First Harness_WD_Highlight">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_Highlight_Twist_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-jau53l"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="504" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_Highlight_Twist_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay Harness_WD_Highlight">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_Highlight_Shield_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-jau53l"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="504" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_Highlight_Shield_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="Harness_WD_Highlight">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="Harness_WD_Highlight"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("Harness_WD_Highlight",1)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText Harness_WD_HighlightHarness_WD_Highlight">
<p>An example of a Wiring Diagram where two twists with the same designator are placed on different groups of wires. While only one of these twists is selected, all wires covered by these twists are highlighted.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText Harness_WD_HighlightHarness_WD_Highlight">
<p>An example of a Wiring Diagram where two shields with the same designator are placed on different groups of wires. While only one of these shields is selected, all wires covered by these shields are highlighted.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#wire-shielding-and-twisting">Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> page.</div>
<a id="HD_MultiPartComponents_24_2" name="HD_MultiPartComponents_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-multi-part-components-24-2"></a><a id="added-support-for-multi-part-components"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-multi-part-components-24-2" id="added-support-for-multi-part-components-24-2">Added Support for Multi-part Components</h4>
<p>The ability to transfer multi-part component data from the Wiring Diagram to the Layout Drawing has been added. When multi-part components are placed on the Wiring Diagram, designators are correctly assigned to the components in the
Layout Drawing. If multiple parts of the same component are placed on the Wiring Diagram, only one instance of the component is placed on the Layout Drawing.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MultipartComponents_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-zmx7w6"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="612" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MultipartComponents_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#working_with_components">Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> page.</div>
<a id="ShieldstoConnectionPoint_24_2" name="ShieldstoConnectionPoint_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-to-connect-shields-to-a-connection-point-24-2"></a><a id="added-support-to-connect-shields-to-a-connection-point"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-to-connect-shields-to-a-connection-point-24-2" id="added-support-to-connect-shields-to-a-connection-point-24-2">Added Support to Connect Shields to a Connection
Point</h4>
<p>A shield with a connection object that is defined on the Wiring Diagram can now be assigned to a connection point in the Layout Drawing. Use the <em>Add Assigned Objects</em> dialog (accessed by clicking the <strong>Add</strong> button
in the <strong>Assigned Objects</strong> region of the <em>Properties</em> panel) when the connection point is selected to choose the shield with a connection to be assigned to that connection point. </p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('Harness_ShieldConnection_CP', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('Harness_ShieldConnection_CP', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First Harness_ShieldConnection_CP">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_ShieldConnection_CP_WD_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-bt76lu"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="562" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_ShieldConnection_CP_WD_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay Harness_ShieldConnection_CP">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_ShieldConnection_CP_LD_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-bt76lu"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="562" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_ShieldConnection_CP_LD_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay Harness_ShieldConnection_CP">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_ShieldConnection_CP_LD_Bundle_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-bt76lu"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="562" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_ShieldConnection_CP_LD_Bundle_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="Harness_ShieldConnection_CP">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="Harness_ShieldConnection_CP"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("Harness_ShieldConnection_CP",1)"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("Harness_ShieldConnection_CP",2)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-layout-drawing#working-with-connection-points">Creating the Harness Layout Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="Harness_MultiColorWires" name="Harness_MultiColorWires"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-multicolored-wires-24-2"></a><a id="added-support-for-multicolored-wires"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-multicolored-wires-24-2" id="added-support-for-multicolored-wires-24-2">Added Support for Multicolored Wires</h4>
<p>Multicolored wires are now supported in the Wiring Diagram by choosing a wire's secondary and tertiary colors. (The primary color is the color of the placed wire.) In the <em>Properties</em> panel, click the <strong>Add
</strong>drop-down at the bottom of the <strong>Parameters </strong>region then choose <strong>Secondary</strong> and <strong>Tertiary </strong>to define the desired colors; the parameter for the chosen color will appear in the
<strong>Parameters </strong>region. Click the color icon in the panel to open the color options; click the desired color. You can also define the border color for the wire using the same drop-down then selecting
<strong>Border</strong>. Click through the slideshow below for examples.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('MultiColorWire', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('MultiColorWire', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First MultiColorWire">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SecondaryWireColor_24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-gqgpt8"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="475" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SecondaryWireColor_24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="699" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay MultiColorWire">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TertiaryWireColor_24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-gqgpt8"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="475" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TertiaryWireColor_24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="699" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay MultiColorWire">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/WireBorder_24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-gqgpt8"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="475" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/WireBorder_24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="699" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay MultiColorWire">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MultiWire_24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-gqgpt8"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="475" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MultiWire_24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="699" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="MultiColorWire">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="MultiColorWire"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("MultiColorWire",1)"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("MultiColorWire",2)"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("MultiColorWire",3)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText MultiColorWireMultiColorWire">
<p>Wire with the secondary color defined</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText MultiColorWireMultiColorWire">
<p>Wire with the tertiary color defined</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText MultiColorWireMultiColorWire">
<p>Wire with the border color defined</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText MultiColorWireMultiColorWire">
<p>Wire with all color options defined</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#creating_connectivity_in_the_wiring_diagram">Creating the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> page.</div>
<p>Multicolored wires are also supported in harness design Draftsman documents (<code>*.HarDwf</code>). Additional columns for secondary, tertiary and border colors can be made visible in placed tables, and corresponding Color cells
are split to show the secondary and tertiary colors assigned to the wire.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_Multicolor_Tables_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-mtsgoi"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="373" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_Multicolor_Tables_AD24_2.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#working_with_tables">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="MultipleWiringDiagrams_HD_Draftsman_24_2" name="MultipleWiringDiagrams_HD_Draftsman_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-multiple-wiring-diagrams-in-draftsman-documents-24-2"></a><a id="added-support-for-multiple-wiring-diagrams-in-draftsman-documents"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-multiple-wiring-diagrams-in-draftsman-documents-24-2" id="added-support-for-multiple-wiring-diagrams-in-draftsman-documents-24-2">Added Support for Multiple
Wiring Diagrams in Draftsman Documents</h4>
<p>The Harness Draftsman document (<code>*.HarDwf</code>) now supports multiple Wiring Diagram documents (<code>*.WirDoc</code>) in the same project. This feature lets you choose the wiring diagram document from which a placed wiring
diagram view should be generated and updated. Use the <strong>Document</strong> drop-down in the <strong>Properties</strong> region of the <em>Properties</em> panel when the wiring diagram view is selected to choose the wiring diagram
document for this view.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_Pnl_Propetries_WiringDiagramView_Document_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-qg6v77"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="759" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_Pnl_Propetries_WiringDiagramView_Document_AD24_2.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#wiring_diagram_view">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="HD_Draftsman_BookmarksPanel_24_2" name="HD_Draftsman_BookmarksPanel_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-bookmarks-panel-for-harness-draftsman-documents-24-2"></a><a id="added-bookmarks-panel-for-harness-draftsman-documents"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-bookmarks-panel-for-harness-draftsman-documents-24-2" id="added-bookmarks-panel-for-harness-draftsman-documents-24-2">Added Bookmarks Panel for Harness Draftsman
Documents</h4>
<p>The <em>Bookmarks </em>panel is now available in Draftsman when working with a manufacturing drawing of a harness design (<code>*.HarDwf</code>). The panel gives a tree view of the sheets on the Draftsman document. Each sheet entry
can be expanded and collapsed. When expanded, the appropriate contents of each sheet are displayed as shown in the image below.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="298" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/BookmarksPanel_HD.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="312" loading="lazy"></p>
<p>You can use the panel to easily navigate in the design space. When an item is selected in the panel or design space, the <em>Properties </em>panel (if open) displays the properties and settings of the selected item. Additionally,
when you select an item in the <em>Bookmarks</em> panel, the design space zooms to the selected item.</p>
<p>
<video controls="" preload="auto" style="max-width:100%; height: auto;">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/BookmarksPanelHDNew.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="data-management-improvements-24-2"></a><a id="data-management-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="data-management-improvements-24-2" id="data-management-improvements-24-2">Data Management Improvements</h3>
<a id="SE_24_2" name="SE_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="siliconexpert-enhancements-24-2"></a><a id="siliconexpert-enhancements"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="siliconexpert-enhancements-24-2" id="siliconexpert-enhancements-24-2">SiliconExpert Enhancements</h4>
<p><strong>Added SiliconExpert Product Change Notice</strong></p>
<p>The Product Change Notice (PCN) provided by SiliconExpert has been added to the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel and to all places where part choices can be accessed. By default, the latest PCN data is shown. Use the
<strong>Historical Details</strong> control to open the <em>Product Change Notice Historical Details</em> dialog, where details on previous PCNs can be browsed.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('SE_PCN', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('SE_PCN', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First SE_PCN">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_PCN_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-5i031y"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="443" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_PCN_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay SE_PCN">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Components_PartChoices_PCN_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-5i031y"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="443" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Components_PartChoices_PCN_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="SE_PCN">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="SE_PCN"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("SE_PCN",1)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText SE_PCNSE_PCN">
<p>Access the latest and historical PCNs from the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText SE_PCNSE_PCN">
<p>Access the latest and historical PCNs from a part choice (the <em>Components</em> panel is shown as an example here).</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Added SiliconExpert 'Free' Parameters Support</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Lifecycle</strong>, <strong>YTEOL</strong> and <strong>RoHS Status</strong> parameters provided by SiliconExpert are now presented by default in the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel and all places where part choices
are presented. Therefore, there is no need to request data for this part (and hence, use the quota from your SiliconExpert package) to access these 'free' parameters.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('FreeSEParameters_AD24_2', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('FreeSEParameters_AD24_2', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First FreeSEParameters_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_FreeSEParameters_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-2zn6yx"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_FreeSEParameters_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay FreeSEParameters_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Components_PartChoices_FreeSEParameters_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-2zn6yx"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Components_PartChoices_FreeSEParameters_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="FreeSEParameters_AD24_2">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="FreeSEParameters_AD24_2"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("FreeSEParameters_AD24_2",1)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText FreeSEParameters_AD24_2FreeSEParameters_AD24_2">
<p>Access 'free' parameters provided by SiliconExpert from the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText FreeSEParameters_AD24_2FreeSEParameters_AD24_2">
<p>Access 'free' parameters provided by SiliconExpert from a part choice (the <em>Components</em> panel is shown as an example here).</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Also, these SiliconExpert 'free' parameters can be used in ActiveBOM (by adding corresponding columns to the ActiveBOM document) without requesting all other SiliconExpert parameters.</p>
<p><strong>Added Display of the YTEOL Parameter</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>YTEOL</strong> parameter is now displayed in the following locations:</p>
<ul>
<li>In the header of the <strong>Details</strong> pane when a manufacturer part is selected in the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel.</li>
<li>In the header of the <strong>Details</strong> pane when a component is selected in the <em>Components</em> panel.</li>
<li>In all places where part choices are presented.</li>
<li>In the <em>Properties</em> panel when a component placed on a schematic sheet is selected.</li>
</ul>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('SE_YTEOL_AD24_2', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('SE_YTEOL_AD24_2', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First SE_YTEOL_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_YTEOL_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-lg9jqg"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_YTEOL_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay SE_YTEOL_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Components_YTEOL_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-lg9jqg"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Components_YTEOL_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay SE_YTEOL_AD24_2">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_Component_YTEOL_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-lg9jqg"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_Component_YTEOL_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="SE_YTEOL_AD24_2">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="SE_YTEOL_AD24_2"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("SE_YTEOL_AD24_2",1)"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("SE_YTEOL_AD24_2",2)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="FirstText SE_YTEOL_AD24_2SE_YTEOL_AD24_2">
<p>Displaying the <strong>YTEOL</strong> parameter in the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText SE_YTEOL_AD24_2SE_YTEOL_AD24_2">
<p>Displaying the <strong>YTEOL</strong> parameter in the <em>Components</em> panel and in part choices.</p>
</div>
<div class="OverlayText SE_YTEOL_AD24_2SE_YTEOL_AD24_2">
<p>Displaying the <strong>YTEOL</strong> parameter in the <em>Properties</em> panel for the selected component.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Added Support for SiliconExpert Parameters when Comparing Manufacturer Parts</strong></p>
<p>SiliconExpert parameters are now supported in the <strong>Selected Part Details</strong> pane of the <em>Manufacturer Part Search</em> panel when comparing two selected parts.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_SEParameters_Compare_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-mws9vs"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="513" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_MPS_SEParameters_Compare_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pulling-siliconexpert-part-data">Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-support-for-aggregated-lifecycles-to-manufacturer-links-24-2"></a><a id="added-support-for-aggregated-lifecycles-to-manufacturer-links"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="added-support-for-aggregated-lifecycles-to-manufacturer-links-24-2" id="added-support-for-aggregated-lifecycles-to-manufacturer-links-24-2">Added Support for Aggregated
Lifecycles to Manufacturer Links</h4>
<p>When exploring a solution added in the form of a manufacturer link to an ActiveBOM document if there are multiple sources of the lifecycle data for that manufacturer link (Altium Parts Provider powered by Octopart or IHS
Markit<sup>®</sup> and SiliconExpert), the lifecycle information from all available sources is now accessible for the link. Hover the cursor over the manufacturer lifecycle state or use the drop-down to see
the lifecycle information from all sources in the tooltip/pop-up.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_ActiveBOM_ManufacturerLink_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-z489kw"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="520" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_ActiveBOM_ManufacturerLink_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/managing-activebom-solutions">Managing the Solutions</a> page.</div>
<a id="ImportersExporters_24_2" name="ImportersExporters_24_2"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="importexport-improvement-24-2"></a><a id="importexport-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="importexport-improvement-24-2" id="importexport-improvement-24-2">Import/Export Improvement</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="importing-the-footprints-into-existing-project-structure-for-xpedition-24-2"></a><a id="importing-the-footprints-into-existing-project-structure-for-xpedition"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="importing-the-footprints-into-existing-project-structure-for-xpedition-24-2" id="importing-the-footprints-into-existing-project-structure-for-xpedition-24-2">Importing the
Footprints into Existing Project Structure for Xpedition</h4>
<p>For an Xpedition library (<code>*.lmc</code>) whose schematic symbols (only) were previously imported using the <em>xDX Designer Import Wizard</em> with the <strong>Import Symbols Only</strong> option enabled, you can now choose to
import footprint models into a PCBLib as part of the existing project structure. Footprints will be renamed in accordance with the naming defined in the existing CSV file generated as part of the xDX Designer import process.</p>
<div class="messages info">Note that starting from this release, footprint names with specific prefixes (<code>BGA</code>, <code>CAP</code>, <code>CAPC</code>, <code>CGA</code>, <code>COUP</code>, <code>DFN</code>, <code>DIO</code>,
<code>DR</code>, <code>FILT</code>, <code>FUSE</code>, <code>INDC</code>, <code>INDM</code>, <code>ISOL</code>, <code>LEDC</code>, <code>LEDS</code>, <code>LGA</code>, <code>MECM</code>, <code>OSC</code>, <code>PQ</code>, <code>PS</code>,
<code>QFN</code>, <code>QFP</code>, <code>RESC</code>, <code>RESM</code>, <code>SO</code>, <code>TO</code>, <code>VAR</code>, <code>XTA</code>) will include the component height values multiplied by 100 in the generated CSV
files to provide unique naming of footprints with differing 3D Body heights. For example, a footprint of height <code>1.4</code> and named <code>CAPC2013N</code> will be added to the CSV file as
<code>CAPC2013<strong>X140</strong>N</code>.</div>
<p>When adding an Xpedition library file on the <strong>Importing Mentor Expedition Library Files</strong> page of the <em>Import Wizard</em>, if previously imported libraries are detected, a confirmation dialog will ask if you would
like to import footprints as described above. If you click<strong> No</strong>, footprints will be imported into a separate folder for generated PCBLib files, and no footprint renaming will be performed.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_Xpedition_MigrationMode_AD24_2.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-d2kzmn"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="501" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_Xpedition_MigrationMode_AD24_2.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="650" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/expedition-import">Importing a Design from Xpedition</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-2"></a><a id="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-242"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.2" data-global-header-anchor="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-2" id="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-2">Feature Made Fully Public in Altium Designer 24.2</h3>
<p>The following feature is now officially Public with this release:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-controlling-the-3d-view#section-view">PCB Section View</a> - available from 23.5</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</details>
<div class="collapse-text-text"></div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="altium-designer-24-1"></a><a id="altium-designer-241"></a></p>
<div class="b-article__head">
<h2 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="altium-designer-24-1" id="altium-designer-24-1">Altium Designer 24.1</h2>
<div class="b-article__copy"><a class="b-copy b-copy_processed" data-clipboard-text="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-241" data-url="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-241">
<span class="b-copy__ico"><svg width="16" height="16" viewBox="0 0 16 16" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M7.81807 4.64903C8.66213 4.8162 9.46754 5.22685 10.1217 5.88097C11.879 7.63833 11.879 10.4876 10.1217 12.2449L8.00034 14.3663C6.24298 16.1236 3.39374 16.1236 1.63638 14.3663C-0.12098 12.6089 -0.12098 9.75965 1.63638 8.00229L3.6424 5.99627C3.55808 6.48206 3.53928 6.97701 3.586 7.46688L2.34349 8.7094C0.976651 10.0762 0.976651 12.2923 2.34349 13.6591C3.71032 15.026 5.9264 15.026 7.29323 13.6591L9.41455 11.5378C10.7814 10.171 10.7814 7.95491 9.41455 6.58808C8.72205 5.89558 7.81156 5.55393 6.90396 5.56313L7.81807 4.64903Z" fill="#111111"></path>
<path d="M8.18261 11.3556C7.33855 11.1884 6.53314 10.7777 5.87902 10.1236C4.12166 8.36625 4.12166 5.51701 5.87902 3.75965L8.00034 1.63833C9.7577 -0.119027 12.6069 -0.119027 14.3643 1.63833C16.1217 3.39569 16.1217 6.24493 14.3643 8.00229L12.3583 10.0083C12.4426 9.52252 12.4614 9.02758 12.4147 8.5377L13.6572 7.29519C15.024 5.92835 15.024 3.71227 13.6572 2.34544C12.2904 0.978604 10.0743 0.978604 8.70745 2.34544L6.58613 4.46676C5.21929 5.83359 5.21929 8.04967 6.58613 9.41651C7.27863 10.109 8.18912 10.4507 9.09671 10.4415L8.18261 11.3556Z" fill="#111111"></path>
</svg>
</span><span class="b-copy__text">Copy Link</span><span class="b-copy__text-copied">Copied</span></a>
</div>
</div>
<p><em>Released: 16 January 2024 – Version 24.1.2 (build 44)</em></p>
<p><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/public-release-notes#version-2412">Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.1.2</a> </p>
<div class="collapse"></div>
<details class="b-collapsed-block collapsible collapsed js-form-wrapper form-wrapper b-collapsed-block_processed" id="key_highlights_24_1" data-once="details">
<summary role="button" aria-controls="key_highlights_24_1" aria-expanded="false" aria-pressed="false" class="title"><a>Key Highlights</a>
<div class="b-collapsed-block__control-text"><span>Expand</span><span>Collapse</span></div><span class="summary"></span>
</summary>
<div class="details-wrapper">
<div class="collapse-text-text">
<p class="no-margin"><a id="schematic-capture-improvement-24-1"></a><a id="schematic-capture-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="schematic-capture-improvement-24-1" id="schematic-capture-improvement-24-1">Schematic Capture Improvement</h3>
<a id="Rule_Wires_24_1" name="Rule_Wires_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-violation-checksfor-objects-connected-to-a-harness-connector-24-1"></a><a id="added-violation-checksfor-objects-connected-to-a-harness-connector"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="added-violation-checksfor-objects-connected-to-a-harness-connector-24-1" id="added-violation-checksfor-objects-connected-to-a-harness-connector-24-1">Added Violation
Checks for Objects Connected to a Harness Connector</h4>
<p>In this release, new violation checks have been added to detect violations associated with <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/buses-signal-harnesses#working_with_signal_harnesses">signal harnesses</a> in the schematics of your PCB
design projects:</p>
<ul>
<li>The <strong>Invalid Connection to a Harness Connector</strong> violation check detects a situation when a wire, bus, or signal harness ends inside or is connected to the edge of a harness connector but is not connected to a
harness entry.</li>
<li>The <strong>Unconnected Harness Entry</strong> violation check detects an unconnected harness entry.</li>
</ul>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SCH_HarnessViolations_Messages_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-caf6zf"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="546" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SCH_HarnessViolations_Messages_AD24_1.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>Settings for these violation types can be found in the <strong>Violation Associated with Harnesses</strong> group on the
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/accessing-defining-managing-project-options#error_reporting">Error Reporting tab of the Project Options dialog</a>.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SCH_HarnessViolations_24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-a8r0td"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="413" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SCH_HarnessViolations_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/design-verification#violations-associated-with-harnesses">Verifying Your Design Project</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-design-improvements-24-1"></a><a id="pcb-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-design-improvements-24-1" id="pcb-design-improvements-24-1">PCB Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="HoleClearance" name="HoleClearance"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pad-hole-clearance-check-improvement-open-beta-24-1"></a><a id="pad-hole-clearance-check-improvement-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="pad-hole-clearance-check-improvement-open-beta-24-1" id="pad-hole-clearance-check-improvement-open-beta-24-1">Pad Hole Clearance Check Improvement (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>In this release, the behavior of detecting clearance from pads with no annular ring has been improved.</p>
<p>When a pad has a hole size greater than or equal to the pad size and, therefore, has no annular ring, the clearance value defined for the <strong>Hole</strong> by the applicable constraint in the
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager">Constraint Manager</a> or by the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-electrical-rules#clearance">Clearance design rule</a> is applied rather than the maximum
of <strong>Hole</strong> and <strong>TH Pad</strong> clearances.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HoleClearance_Config_CM_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-vlirfw"> <img alt="An example of clearances configured in the Constraint Manager." border="1" class="" height="332" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HoleClearance_Config_CM_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="An example of clearances configured in the Constraint Manager." width="738" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">An example of clearances configured in the <em>Constraint Manager</em>.</span>
</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HoleClearance_Config_DR_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-9ykcbv"> <img alt="An example of clearances configured in the Clearance design rule." border="1" class="" height="329" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HoleClearance_Config_DR_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="An example of clearances configured in the Clearance design rule." width="616" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">An example of clearances configured in the Clearance design rule.</span>
</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HoleClearance_PCB_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ovfdn3"> <img alt="The new pad hole clearance behavior." border="1" class="" height="407" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/HoleClearance_PCB_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="The new pad hole clearance behavior." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">The new pad hole clearance behavior.</span>
</p>
<p>Note that the default values of <strong>Hole</strong> clearance in newly created Clearance constraints and Clearance design rules have been updated with the <code>10mil</code> / <code>0.254mm</code> value.</p>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <code>PCB.Rules.HoleClearance</code> option is enabled in
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-electrical-rules#clearance">Electrical Rule Types</a> page.</div>
<a id="TTFont" name="TTFont"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ability-to-store-truetype-fonts-open-beta-24-1"></a><a id="ability-to-store-truetype-fonts-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="ability-to-store-truetype-fonts-open-beta-24-1" id="ability-to-store-truetype-fonts-open-beta-24-1">Ability to Store TrueType Fonts (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>This release has added the ability to automatically store geometries of text objects that use TrueType fonts inside PCB documents. When objects (text strings/frames, dimensions, drill tables, and/or layer stack tables) in a PCB document
use a TrueType font, these objects will be shown using the same font geometry when the PCB document is opened on another computer, even if that TrueType font is not installed.</p>
<p>When an object that uses a missing font is selected, a warning message appears at the top of the <em>Properties</em> panel. When changing object properties that affect its text (e.g., the text height or text itself), the <em>Missing
fonts</em> dialog opens in which you can select a replacement font.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TTF_Pnl_Properties_Text_Dlg_MissingFonts_AD23_11.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-qbaun6"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="595" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TTF_Pnl_Properties_Text_Dlg_MissingFonts_AD23_11.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>The dialog also appears when changing text-related properties from the <em>PCB List</em> panel.</p>
<p>When trying to edit multiple objects using different missing fonts, the dialog allows you to select a replacement for each missing font.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="258" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_MissingFonts_MultipleFonts_AD23_11.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="524"
loading="lazy"></p>
<div class="messages info">
<p>This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <code>PCB.Text.TTFontSaving</code> option is enabled in
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</p>
<p>Note that with this feature enabled, the options of the <strong>PCB Editor – True Type Fonts</strong> page of the <em>Preferences</em> dialog are no longer relevant, so this page is not available in the <em>Preferences</em> dialog
(when the <code>PCB.Text.TTFontSetting.Hide</code> option is enabled in the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>).</p>
</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-placement-editing-techniques#true_type_font_support">PCB Placement & Editing Techniques</a> page.</div>
<a id="Pad_Properties_24_1" name="Pad_Properties_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="enhanced-pad-properties-panel-24-1"></a><a id="enhanced-pad-properties-panel"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="enhanced-pad-properties-panel-24-1" id="enhanced-pad-properties-panel-24-1">Enhanced Pad Properties Panel</h4>
<p>The <strong>Pad Stack</strong> region of the <strong>Pad</strong> <em>Properties </em>panel has been enhanced for better usability. When a section is selected, the section name is highlighted in blue and the entire section is
displayed in a different shade than the background.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PadStack_24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-hznj7v"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="788" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PadStack_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="380" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pads-vias#non-graphical-editing-via-the-properties-panel">Working with Pads & Vias</a> page.</div>
<a id="PCBCoDesign_24_1" name="PCBCoDesign_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-codesign-improvements-24-1"></a><a id="pcb-codesign-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-codesign-improvements-24-1" id="pcb-codesign-improvements-24-1">PCB CoDesign Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ability-to-highlight-category-changes-24-1"></a><a id="ability-to-highlight-category-changes"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="ability-to-highlight-category-changes-24-1" id="ability-to-highlight-category-changes-24-1">Ability to Highlight Category Changes</h4>
<p>With the <strong>Show on PCB</strong> option enabled in the <em>PCB CoDesign</em> panel, you can now highlight all changes in a specific category when that category is selected in the panel's list of changes.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_PCBCoDesign_SelectCategory_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-9iocuc"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="588" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_PCBCoDesign_SelectCategory_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="grouping-changes-by-unions-24-1"></a><a id="grouping-changes-by-unions"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="grouping-changes-by-unions-24-1" id="grouping-changes-by-unions-24-1">Grouping Changes by Unions</h4>
<p>Added support for comparison of, and application of changes to, <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/unions-pcb">unions</a> (defined groupings of primitives on the PCB). Union-related changes are shown in the <strong>Unions</strong>
category in the <em>PCB CoDesign</em> panel's list of changes. Also, changes in other categories are grouped now by unions if corresponding objects belong to any.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCBCoDesign_Unions_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-6ry0lj"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="629" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PCBCoDesign_Unions_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="350" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="updates-to-merged-state-24-1"></a><a id="updates-to-merged-state"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="updates-to-merged-state-24-1" id="updates-to-merged-state-24-1">Updates to 'Merged' State</h4>
<p>After merging changes using the <em>PCB CoDesign</em> panel, the PCB document will remain in the <strong>Merged</strong> state (the <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="16" id=""
src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/vcs_merged.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px; margin-top: -2px; margin-bottom: -2px;" title="" width="16" loading="lazy"> icon in the <em>Projects</em>
panel) until there is a new conflict. Saving changes locally will no longer change the state to <strong>Modified</strong>.</p>
<p>Also, note that documents in <strong>Merged</strong> state are always enabled for saving to the Workspace in the <em>Save to Server</em> dialog and cannot be disabled.</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-codesign">PCB CoDesign</a> page.</div>
<a id="Constraint_Mgr_24_1" name="Constraint_Mgr_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-1"></a><a id="constraint-manager-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="constraint-manager-improvements-24-1" id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-1">Constraint Manager Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ability-to-choose-usage-of-the-constraint-manager-for-a-new-project-24-1"></a><a id="ability-to-choose-usage-of-the-constraint-manager-for-a-new-project"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="ability-to-choose-usage-of-the-constraint-manager-for-a-new-project-24-1" id="ability-to-choose-usage-of-the-constraint-manager-for-a-new-project-24-1">Ability to Choose Usage
of the Constraint Manager for a New Project</h4>
<p>When creating a new PCB project, you now have the ability to control whether it will use the <em>Constraint Manager</em> or the older design rules system. In the <em>Create Project</em> dialog (<strong>File » New </strong><strong>»
Project</strong>), enable the <strong>Constraint Management</strong> option to use the <em>Constraint Manager</em> for the project being created.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="468" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_CreateProject_ConstraintManagement_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="816"
loading="lazy"></p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="view-only-mode-24-1"></a><a id="view-only-mode"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="view-only-mode-24-1" id="view-only-mode-24-1">'View Only' Mode</h4>
<p>If the <em>Constraint Manager</em> was enabled for the PCB project, the <em>Constraint Manager</em> will present in <strong>View Only</strong> mode when opened by a user without Altium Designer Pro/Enterprise
Subscription. In this case, the user can see, but not modify, defined constraints. The message at the top of the <em>Constraint Manager</em> notifies you when the <em>Constraint Manager</em> is in <strong>View Only</strong>
mode.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="174" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_ViewOnly.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="703" loading="lazy"></p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="updates-to-xsignal-creation-24-1"></a><a id="updates-to-xsignal-creation"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="updates-to-xsignal-creation-24-1" id="updates-to-xsignal-creation-24-1">Updates to xSignal Creation</h4>
<p>This release sees some updates in defining xSignals using the <em>Constraint Manager</em>:</p>
<ul>
<li>The list of proposed xSignals is now divided into two groups: xSignals going from a source to a destination point (<strong>S-T</strong>) and xSignals going from one destination point to another (<strong>T-T</strong>). Use
checkboxes for groups to select/deselect all xSignals in corresponding groups.</li>
<li>The list of proposed xSignals now includes xSignals going from a source to each destination (not an xSignal going from a source to the closest destination only).</li>
<li>
<p>For a better representation of proposed xSignals, they are now named in the list using the following scheme:</p>
<p class="rteindent1"><code><em><SourceNetName></em> (<em><SourcePinDesignator></em> → <em><DestinationPinDesignator></em>)</code></p>
<p>Note that for names of created xSignals that can be seen on the <strong>xSignals</strong> tab to the <em>Constraint Manager</em> or in the PCB document, the
previous <code><em><SourceNetName></em>_<em><SourcePinDesignator></em>_<em><DestinationPinDesignator></em></code> scheme is used.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_ProposedXSignals_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-f99ro3"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="552" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_ProposedXSignals_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="improved-class-selection-24-1"></a><a id="improved-class-selection"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="improved-class-selection-24-1" id="improved-class-selection-24-1">Improved Class Selection</h4>
<p>The right-click menu of entries in the <strong>Physical</strong> and <strong>Electrical</strong> views has been updated to quickly add objects to an existing class right from the menu. To do this, right-click one or more selected
objects and choose an existing class from the <strong>Classes » Add Selected to Class</strong> sub-menu.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_AddSelectedToClass_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-i6x2ar"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="400" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_AddSelectedToClass_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="721" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>When there are more than 30 classes, the <strong>Classes » Add Selected to Class</strong> <strong>» Existing Class</strong> command is available in the menu instead of the list of classes. Use this command to access a dialog
where you can select an existing class to which the selected object(s) are to be added.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_AddSelectedToClass_ExistingClass_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ezln8r"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="701" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_AddSelectedToClass_ExistingClass_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-line-numbers-in-grid-24-1"></a><a id="added-line-numbers-in-grid"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="added-line-numbers-in-grid-24-1" id="added-line-numbers-in-grid-24-1">Added Line Numbers in Grid</h4>
<p>Line numbers have been added to the <em>Constraint Manager</em> grid to help you more easily identify and distinguish items in the list. </p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="127" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/CM_LineNumbers.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="392" loading="lazy"></p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="multi-board-design-improvements-24-1"></a><a id="multi-board-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="multi-board-design-improvements-24-1" id="multi-board-design-improvements-24-1">Multi-board Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="MB_Draftsman" name="MB_Draftsman"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="support-for-draftsman-documents-in-multi-board-projects-open-beta-24-1"></a><a id="support-for-draftsman-documents-in-multi-board-projects-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="support-for-draftsman-documents-in-multi-board-projects-open-beta-24-1" id="support-for-draftsman-documents-in-multi-board-projects-open-beta-24-1">Support for Draftsman
Documents in Multi-board Projects (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>You can now add a Draftsman document (<code>*.MbDwf</code>) to a Multi-board project to create a manufacturing drawing for the Multi-board assembly in this project.</p>
<p>The views that can be placed in a Draftsman document of a Multi-board project are:</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Multi-board view</em> – an automated graphic composite of the outlines of PCBs and 3D models constituting the multi-board assembly.</li>
<li><em>Section view</em> – a profile slice, or sectional, drawing taken from a nominated 'cut' point through a placed multi-board view.</li>
<li><em>Board detail view</em> – a floating, magnified view of a multi-board view's defined area.</li>
<li><em>Board realistic view</em> – a scalable 3D rendering of the current multi-board assembly.</li>
</ul>
<p>Draftsman's annotation, dimensioning and graphical tools, as well as BOM and generic tables, are also available.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MB_Draftsman_AD23_11.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-syy7d0"> <img alt="An example of a Multi-board project Draftsman drawing." border="1" class="" height="594" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/MB_Draftsman_AD23_11.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="An example of a Multi-board project Draftsman drawing." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">An example of a Multi-board project Draftsman drawing.</span>
</p>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <code>MBA.Draftsman</code> option is enabled in
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/multi-board-manufacturing-drawing">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="MB_ModuleEntry_24_1" name="MB_ModuleEntry_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ability-to-move-a-module-entry-group-24-1"></a><a id="ability-to-move-a-module-entry-group"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="ability-to-move-a-module-entry-group-24-1" id="ability-to-move-a-module-entry-group-24-1">Ability to Move a Module Entry Group</h4>
<p>The ability to move a selected group of module entries in a multi-board schematic document (<code>*.MbsDoc</code>) has been added. This new feature speeds up the editing process by not requiring you to move each module entry
individually. In the design space, select more than one module entry, then use the left mouse button to drag the group to the desired location. A red dot displays at each entry while they are dragged to the new location. Release the
mouse button to place the group at the current location.</p>
<p>
<video border:1px="" controls="" gray="" preload="auto" solid="" style="max-width:100%; height: auto;">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ModuleEntry_24_1.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/capturing-logical-system-design#multi-board-schematic-design">Capturing the Logical System Design</a> page.</div>
<a id="Harness_24_1" name="Harness_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="harness-design-improvements-24-1"></a><a id="harness-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="harness-design-improvements-24-1" id="harness-design-improvements-24-1">Harness Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="Cavities_24_1" name="Cavities_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="changed-crimps-to-cavities-24-1"></a><a id="changed-crimps-to-cavities"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="changed-crimps-to-cavities-24-1" id="changed-crimps-to-cavities-24-1">Changed 'Crimps' to 'Cavities'</h4>
<p>'Crimps' have been renamed 'Cavities' in the UI of the Wiring Diagram and Layout Drawing.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="460" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Cavities_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="706" loading="lazy"></p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#assigning-socket-cavities">Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> page.</div>
<a id="Shield_Twist_Designator" name="Shield_Twist_Designator"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-designator-field-to-shield-and-twist-objects-24-1"></a><a id="added-designator-field-to-shield-and-twist-objects"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="added-designator-field-to-shield-and-twist-objects-24-1" id="added-designator-field-to-shield-and-twist-objects-24-1">Added Designator Field to Shield and Twist Objects</h4>
<p>The <strong>Designator</strong> field has been added to the properties of shields and twists in the harness wiring diagram.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="716" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ShieldTwist_Properties_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="558" loading="lazy"></p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#wire-shielding-and-twisting">Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> page.</div>
<a id="HD_MultipleSheets" name="HD_MultipleSheets"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-wire-break-object-for-multiple-sheet-capability-24-1"></a><a id="added-wire-break-object-for-multiple-sheet-capability"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="added-wire-break-object-for-multiple-sheet-capability-24-1" id="added-wire-break-object-for-multiple-sheet-capability-24-1">Added Wire Break Object for Multiple Sheet
Capability</h4>
<p>A full Wiring Diagram can now be defined over multiple sheets (in a 'flat' design fashion), each represented by its own <code>*.WirDoc</code> document, with the ability to split a wire using the new Wire Break object.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_MultiSheet_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-6n4nfn"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="504" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_WD_MultiSheet_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>A Wire Break is placed using the <strong>Place </strong>menu or from the <strong>Active Bar</strong> as shown below.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="366" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/WireBreak_Place.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="579" loading="lazy"></p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#working_with_multiple_sheets">Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> page.</div>
<a id="Coverings_Components" name="Coverings_Components"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="treat-coverings-as-components-in-bom-24-1"></a><a id="treat-coverings-as-components-in-bom"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="treat-coverings-as-components-in-bom-24-1" id="treat-coverings-as-components-in-bom-24-1">Treat Coverings as Components in BOM</h4>
<p>Harness coverings in the Layout Drawing are now treated as components in the BOM, with support for part choices and grouping.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Coverings_BOM_24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ni132b"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="293" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Coverings_BOM_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="580" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-layout-drawing#adding-layout-labels">Creating the Harness Layout Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="PhysicalViews_ComponentProp" name="PhysicalViews_ComponentProp"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="display-component-properties-for-additional-physical-views-24-1"></a><a id="display-component-properties-for-additional-physical-views"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="display-component-properties-for-additional-physical-views-24-1" id="display-component-properties-for-additional-physical-views-24-1">Display Component Properties for
Additional Physical Views</h4>
<p>When an additional physical view of a harness component is selected in the design space, the <em>Properties </em>panel now displays the properties of the component itself as it does for the main (first) physical view. In the below
image, a second physical view has been selected in the design space; the Harness Component <em>Properties </em>panel displays the properties of the original (first) physical view.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SelectedSecondPhysicalView1_24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-717e85"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="803" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SelectedSecondPhysicalView1_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-layout-drawing#configuring-representation-of-a-component">Creating the Harness Layout Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="WiringList_24_1" name="WiringList_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="improved-the-wiring-list-24-1"></a><a id="improved-the-wiring-list"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="improved-the-wiring-list-24-1" id="improved-the-wiring-list-24-1">Improved the Wiring List</h4>
<p><strong>Added Ability to 'Split' Wiring List</strong></p>
<p>The wiring list of an advanced harness design may have a large number of entries, which can be difficult to fit into a drawing document as a single table. Rather than resorting to font and table scaling, multiple custom table entries, or
an external document, you now have the ability to 'split' a Wiring List in a Harness Draftsman document so that the Wiring List will be presented over a number of 'pages.' In the <em>Properties </em>panel for a placed Wiring
List, enable the <strong>Limit Page Height</strong> option in the <strong>Pages </strong>region to use the new feature. This will restrict the height of the Wiring List table to the nominated height entry (<strong>Max Page
Height</strong>) and, therefore, the number of lines shown in the table.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight', 1)" title="Next">❯</a> <a class="Previous" onclick="Update('Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight_Disabled_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-b8ibzm"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="429" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight_Disabled_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight_Enabled_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-b8ibzm"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="429" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight_Enabled_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight",1)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The editor detects that the entire Wiring List is not shown, as indicated by the panel's <strong>Page</strong> entry (for example, <code>1 from 2</code>), and the associated drop-down menu allows you to nominate which
page is shown. To add further pages of the Wiring List, place another Wiring List (<strong>Place » Wiring List</strong>) and specify the next <strong>Page</strong> in the <strong>Pages</strong> region of
the <em>Properties </em>panel.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight_SelectPage_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ix4bd3"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="429" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Harness_MD_WiringList_LimitPageHeight_SelectPage_AD24_1.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p><strong>Enhanced Wiring List for 'Shield with Connection' Objects</strong></p>
<p>Designators of shield with connector objects are now displayed in the Wiring List when a wire is connected to the shield's connector.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ShieldConnection_WiringList.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-zfdk1j"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="363" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ShieldConnection_WiringList.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="780" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#wiring-list">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing for a Harness Design</a> page.</div>
<a id="ConnectionsForSplices_24_1" name="ConnectionsForSplices_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-ability-to-display-connection-table-for-splices-24-1"></a><a id="added-ability-to-display-connection-table-for-splices"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="added-ability-to-display-connection-table-for-splices-24-1" id="added-ability-to-display-connection-table-for-splices-24-1">Added Ability to Display Connection Table for
Splices</h4>
<p>The ability to show the connection table for individual splices has been added. Previously, the ability to show the Connection Table for only components and connectors was possible.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SpliceConnectionTable_24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-641juk"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="557" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/SpliceConnectionTable_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="680" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TextFrameNotes_24_1.mp4" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width=""
loading="lazy"> For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#connection-table">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing for a Harness Design</a> page.</div>
<a id="HD_TextFrame_Notes_24_1" name="HD_TextFrame_Notes_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="links-added-to-text-frame-and-note-objects-for-cross-probing-24-1"></a><a id="links-added-to-text-frame-and-note-objects-for-cross-probing"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="links-added-to-text-frame-and-note-objects-for-cross-probing-24-1" id="links-added-to-text-frame-and-note-objects-for-cross-probing-24-1">Links Added to Text Frame and Note
Objects for Cross-Probing</h4>
<p>Object designators can now be added as active links in text frames and notes. The links provide cross-probe capabilities in the Wiring Diagram and Layout Drawing. To create active links, place a text frame or note object in either the
Wiring Diagram or Layout Drawing. In the <strong>Text </strong>field in the <strong>Properties </strong>region of the <em>Properties </em>panel, enter "@". A drop-down of all designators will appear. Double-click the desired designator
from the li<img al="" alt="" border="1" class="" height="" id="" src="null" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="" loading="lazy">st; the link is created in the <strong>Text </strong>field and in the design
space. Click the link in the design space to cross-probe to that object in the associated document (i.e., the document that is not currently active). The process is demonstrated in the video below.</p>
<p>
<video border:1px="" controls="" gray="" preload="auto" solid="" style="max-width:100%; height: auto;">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/TextFrameNotes_24_1.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-wiring-diagram#TextFrames_Notes">Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram</a> and
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-layout-drawing#TextFrames_Notes">Creating the Harness Layout Drawing</a> pages.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="data-management-improvements-24-1"></a><a id="data-management-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="data-management-improvements-24-1" id="data-management-improvements-24-1">Data Management Improvements</h3>
<a id="Lifecycle_Message_24_1" name="Lifecycle_Message_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="manufacturer-lifecycle-state-message-enhancement-24-1"></a><a id="manufacturer-lifecycle-state-message-enhancement"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="manufacturer-lifecycle-state-message-enhancement-24-1" id="manufacturer-lifecycle-state-message-enhancement-24-1">Manufacturer Lifecycle State Message Enhancement</h4>
<p>When using the SiliconExpert integration functionality, manufacturer part lifecycle data can be obtained from different sources: Altium Parts Provider (powered by Octopart or IHS Markit<sup>®</sup>) and
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pulling-siliconexpert-part-data">SiliconExpert</a>. To provide better visibility of this lifecycle data from different sources, the lifecycle information from all available sources is now
accessible.</p>
<p>When exploring manufacturer part data (e.g., an entry in the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/schematic-searching-placing-components#manufacturer_part_search_panel">Manufacturer Part Search panel</a>, a part choice
of a Workspace library component, or a solution in an <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/activebom-bom-management">AcitveBOM document</a>), hover the cursor over the manufacturer lifecycle state/bar or use the drop-down to
see the lifecycle information from all sources in the tooltip.</p>
<table class="SlidesTable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div class="Container"><a class="Next" onclick="Update('ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1', 1)" title="Next">❯</a>
<a class="Previous" onclick="Update('ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1', -1)" title="Previous">❮</a>
<div class="First ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_Pnl_MPS_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-oy0c6e"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="462" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_Pnl_MPS_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_Pnl_Components_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-oy0c6e"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="462" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_Pnl_Components_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<div class="Overlay ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1">
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_ActiveBOM_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-oy0c6e"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="462" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_ActiveBOM_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</div>
<noscript class="Counter" id="ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1">1</noscript>
<div class="blobs" name="ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1"><span style="background-color: #717171;" class="blob"></span><span class="blob"
onclick="Update("ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1",1)"></span><span class="blob" onclick="Update("ManufacturerLifecycle_MultipleSources_AD24_1",2)"></span></div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/adding-supply-chain-information-to-component">Adding Supply Chain Information to a Component</a> and <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pulling-siliconexpert-part-data">Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert</a>
pages.</div>
<a id="GeneralTab_24_1" name="GeneralTab_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-general-tab-to-project-options-for-offline-workspace-projects-24-1"></a><a id="added-general-tab-to-project-options-for-offline-workspace-projects"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="added-general-tab-to-project-options-for-offline-workspace-projects-24-1" id="added-general-tab-to-project-options-for-offline-workspace-projects-24-1">Added General Tab to
Project Options for Offline Workspace Projects</h4>
<p>Added the <strong>General </strong>tab to the <em>Project Options</em> dialog for offline Workspace projects. This feature is available for working with a project when you are disconnected from its Workspace. The only
control on the tab that is accessible is the <strong data-renderer-mark="true">Turn Off Synchronization</strong> button. Click this button to turn off synchr<span id="cke_bm_336E" style="display: none;"> </span>onization.
This ensures that the local copy will not be linked to the one that resides on the Workspace. The project located in the Workspace will remain untouched.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ProjectOptions_General_Offline_24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-5pip88"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="393" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ProjectOptions_General_Offline_24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/accessing-defining-managing-project-options#general">Accessing, Defining & Managing Project Options</a> page.</div>
<a id="removed_commit_command_git" name="removed_commit_command_git"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="removed-commit-commandfor-git-based-projects-24-1"></a><a id="removed-commit-commandfor-git-based-projects"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="removed-commit-commandfor-git-based-projects-24-1" id="removed-commit-commandfor-git-based-projects-24-1">Removed Commit Command for Git-based Projects</h4>
<p>For Git-based projects, the <strong>Commit</strong> command has been removed from the <strong>History & Version Control</strong> sub-menu of the right-click menu of project entry in the <em>Projects</em> panel and the
<strong>Project</strong> main menu, aiming to remove confusion about where data was being committed (to the local repository and not the remote repository) when using the command. Visibility of the command is controlled by the
<code>VCS.AllowGitCommit</code> option from the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a> (OFF by default). You can use the <strong>Save to Server</strong> command
to commit the project to the local repository and push it to the remote repository in one action.</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/saving-projects-documents">Saving Projects and Documents</a> page.</div>
<a id="ImportersExporters_24_1" name="ImportersExporters_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="importexport-improvement-24-1"></a><a id="importexport-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="importexport-improvement-24-1" id="importexport-improvement-24-1">Import/Export Improvement</h3>
<a id="PlacementOutline_Courtyard_24_1" name="PlacementOutline_Courtyard_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="mentor-xpedition-placement-outline-and-insertion-ouline-layer-mapping-24-1"></a><a id="mentor-xpedition-placement-outline-and-insertion-ouline-layer-mapping"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="mentor-xpedition-placement-outline-and-insertion-ouline-layer-mapping-24-1" id="mentor-xpedition-placement-outline-and-insertion-ouline-layer-mapping-24-1">Mentor Xpedition
Placement Outline and Insertion Ouline Layer Mapping</h4>
<p>When Mentor Xpedition PCB and footprint library files are imported, Placement Outline layer types are now mapped as Courtyard layer types and the Insertion Outline layers are now mapped to the Component Outline layer types in
Altium Designer.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Xpedition_LayerMapping_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-9kbzb3"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="432" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Xpedition_LayerMapping_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/expedition-import#import_wizard_mentor_expedition_designs_and_libraries">Importing a Design from Xpedition</a> page.</div>
<a id="circuit_simulation_24_1" name="circuit_simulation_24_1"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="circuit-simulation-improvement-24-1"></a><a id="circuit-simulation-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="circuit-simulation-improvement-24-1" id="circuit-simulation-improvement-24-1">Circuit Simulation Improvement</h3>
<a id="Sim_Stress" name="Sim_Stress"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="simulation-stress-analysis-open-beta-24-1"></a><a id="simulation-stress-analysis-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="simulation-stress-analysis-open-beta-24-1" id="simulation-stress-analysis-open-beta-24-1">Simulation Stress Analysis (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>Stress Analysis is used to calculate operating conditions for each individual component, such as maximum voltages, currents, and power dissipations, and check them against limits defined in the stress model of the component.</p>
<p>In this release, a new <strong>Stress Analysis</strong> option has been added to the <strong>Transient</strong> region of the <em>Simulation Dashboard</em>. When this option is enabled and the Transient analysis
is performed, the Stress analysis results are available on the additional <strong>Stress</strong> chart of the simulation result document.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Simulation_StressAnalysis_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-njy96b"> <img alt="Use the new Stress Analysis to test your circuits against defined limits." border="1" class="" height="705" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Simulation_StressAnalysis_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="Use the new Stress Analysis to test your circuits against defined limits." width="840" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">Use the new Stress Analysis to test your circuits against defined limits.</span>
</p>
<p>The stress model of a component is configured on the new <strong>Stress</strong> tab of the <em>Sim Model</em> dialog accessed for the component's simulation model. From here, you can select the required <strong>Device Type</strong> and
define parameter values.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_SimModel_Stress_AD24_1.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-kfldnc"> <img alt="Stress analysis parameters for a component can be set on the Stress tab of the Sim Model dialog." border="1" class="" height="670" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_SimModel_Stress_AD24_1.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="Stress analysis parameters for a component can be set on the Stress tab of the Sim Model dialog." width="650" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">Stress analysis parameters for a component can be set on the <strong>Stress</strong> tab of the <em>Sim Model</em> dialog.</span>
</p>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <tt>Simulation.StressAnalysis</tt> option is enabled in
the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/configuring-running-simulation#stress_analysis">Configuring & Running a Simulation</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-1"></a><a id="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-241"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.1" data-global-header-anchor="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-1" id="feature-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-1">Feature Made Fully Public in Altium Designer 24.1</h3>
<p>The following feature is now officially made Public with this release:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/custom-pad-stack#defining_solder_paste_mask_shapes">Custom Paste/Solder Masks</a> – available from 23.8</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</details>
<div class="collapse-text-text"></div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="altium-designer-24-0"></a><a id="altium-designer-240"></a></p>
<div class="b-article__head">
<h2 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="altium-designer-24-0" id="altium-designer-24-0">Altium Designer 24.0</h2>
<div class="b-article__copy"><a class="b-copy b-copy_processed" data-clipboard-text="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-240" data-url="https://www.altium.com/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc#altium-designer-240">
<span class="b-copy__ico"><svg width="16" height="16" viewBox="0 0 16 16" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M7.81807 4.64903C8.66213 4.8162 9.46754 5.22685 10.1217 5.88097C11.879 7.63833 11.879 10.4876 10.1217 12.2449L8.00034 14.3663C6.24298 16.1236 3.39374 16.1236 1.63638 14.3663C-0.12098 12.6089 -0.12098 9.75965 1.63638 8.00229L3.6424 5.99627C3.55808 6.48206 3.53928 6.97701 3.586 7.46688L2.34349 8.7094C0.976651 10.0762 0.976651 12.2923 2.34349 13.6591C3.71032 15.026 5.9264 15.026 7.29323 13.6591L9.41455 11.5378C10.7814 10.171 10.7814 7.95491 9.41455 6.58808C8.72205 5.89558 7.81156 5.55393 6.90396 5.56313L7.81807 4.64903Z" fill="#111111"></path>
<path d="M8.18261 11.3556C7.33855 11.1884 6.53314 10.7777 5.87902 10.1236C4.12166 8.36625 4.12166 5.51701 5.87902 3.75965L8.00034 1.63833C9.7577 -0.119027 12.6069 -0.119027 14.3643 1.63833C16.1217 3.39569 16.1217 6.24493 14.3643 8.00229L12.3583 10.0083C12.4426 9.52252 12.4614 9.02758 12.4147 8.5377L13.6572 7.29519C15.024 5.92835 15.024 3.71227 13.6572 2.34544C12.2904 0.978604 10.0743 0.978604 8.70745 2.34544L6.58613 4.46676C5.21929 5.83359 5.21929 8.04967 6.58613 9.41651C7.27863 10.109 8.18912 10.4507 9.09671 10.4415L8.18261 11.3556Z" fill="#111111"></path>
</svg>
</span><span class="b-copy__text">Copy Link</span><span class="b-copy__text-copied">Copied</span></a>
</div>
</div>
<p><em>Released: 13 December 2023 – Version 24.0.1 (build 36) </em></p>
<p><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/public-release-notes#version-2401">Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.0.1</a></p>
<div class="collapse"></div>
<details class="b-collapsed-block collapsible collapsed js-form-wrapper form-wrapper b-collapsed-block_processed" id="key_highlights_24_0" data-once="details">
<summary role="button" aria-controls="key_highlights_24_0" aria-expanded="false" aria-pressed="false" class="title"><a>Key Highlights</a>
<div class="b-collapsed-block__control-text"><span>Expand</span><span>Collapse</span></div><span class="summary"></span>
</summary>
<div class="details-wrapper">
<div class="collapse-text-text">
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-design-improvements-24-0"></a><a id="pcb-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-design-improvements-24-0" id="pcb-design-improvements-24-0">PCB Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="DiffPairRouter" name="DiffPairRouter"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="any-angle-diff-pair-router-open-beta-24-0"></a><a id="any-angle-diff-pair-router-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="any-angle-diff-pair-router-open-beta-24-0" id="any-angle-diff-pair-router-open-beta-24-0">Any Angle Diff Pair Router (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>This release introduces support for any angle differential pair routing. When routing a diff pair using the <strong>Interactive Differential Pair Routing</strong> tool (<strong>Route » Interactive Differential Pair Routing</strong>), you
can now select the <strong>Any Angle</strong> corner style (<img alt="" border="1" class="" height="23" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Properties_DifferentialPairRouting_Btn_AnyAngle_AD23_5.png"
style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px; margin-top: -4px; margin-bottom: -4px;" title="" width="65" loading="lazy">) when configuring the properties of routing in the <em>Properties</em> panel in its <strong>Differential Pair
Routing</strong> mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>Any angle differential pair routing supports symmetrical pad entry and gap changing.</li>
<li>When starting differential pair routing from an antenna, the tool will maintain the left-to-right order of nets (i.e., the continuation of the left side stays on the left) and support snapping to the original direction.</li>
<li>When routing a diff pair using the <strong>Any Angle</strong> corner style, press and hold the <strong>Shift</strong> key to route the diff pair using tangent arcs.</li>
</ul>
<p>
<video controls="" height="y" poster="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/AADPRouting_AD23_5_static.png" preload="auto" style="max-width:100%; height: auto;" width="x">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/AADPRouting_AD23_5.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">Demonstration of any angle differential pair routing.</span>
</p>
<p>Note that this feature also enables an updated angle diff pair glossing algorithm when using the <strong>Route » Gloss Selected</strong> command.</p>
<div class="messages note">
<p>The current main limitations of any angle diff pair routing are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Routing transitions through borders of rooms with different design rules are not currently supported.</li>
<li>The SMD Entry design rule is not currently supported.</li>
<li>Automatic loop removal is not currently supported.</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the <code>PCB.Routing.AnyAngleDiffPairRouter</code> option is enabled in the
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/interactively-routing-differential-pairs-pcb">Differential Pair Routing</a> page.</div>
<a id="LayerStackRep" name="LayerStackRep"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="enhanced-layer-stack-report-setup-dialog-open-beta-24-0"></a><a id="enhanced-layer-stack-report-setup-dialog-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="enhanced-layer-stack-report-setup-dialog-open-beta-24-0" id="enhanced-layer-stack-report-setup-dialog-open-beta-24-0">Enhanced Layer Stack Report Setup Dialog (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>The <em>Layer Stack Report Setup</em> dialog (<strong>File » Fabrication Outputs » Report Board Stack</strong>) has been enhanced and now includes all columns that are present in the Layer Stack. Use the dialog to select the
columns you want to be displayed in the Layer Stack Report.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_LayerStackReportSetup_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-wuf8y2"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="458" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_LayerStackReportSetup_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and available when the <code>PCB.ModernBoardStackGenerator</code> option is enabled in the
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/generating-fabrication-data#preparing_board_stack_report">Preparing Fabrication Data</a> page.</div>
<a id="PCB_CoDesign_24_0" name="PCB_CoDesign_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="pcb-codesign-improvements-24-0"></a><a id="pcb-codesign-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="pcb-codesign-improvements-24-0" id="pcb-codesign-improvements-24-0">PCB CoDesign Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="enhanced-copper-conflict-display-and-resolution-24-0"></a><a id="enhanced-copper-conflict-display-and-resolution"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="enhanced-copper-conflict-display-and-resolution-24-0" id="enhanced-copper-conflict-display-and-resolution-24-0">Enhanced Copper Conflict Display and Resolution</h4>
<p>Conflicts of copper objects are now grouped in pin-to-pin connection groups where applicable to ease exploring and resolving the changes.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_PCBCoDesign_Conflicts_Copper_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-crxj1r"> <img alt="Copper conflicts can now be resolved on the pin-to-pin connection level." border="1" class="" height="527" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_PCBCoDesign_Conflicts_Copper_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="Copper conflicts can now be resolved on the pin-to-pin connection level." width="509" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">Copper conflicts can now be resolved on the pin-to-pin connection level.</span>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-ability-to-configure-color-legend-24-0"></a><a id="added-ability-to-configure-color-legend"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="added-ability-to-configure-color-legend-24-0" id="added-ability-to-configure-color-legend-24-0">Added Ability to Configure Color Legend</h4>
<p>In the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/your-view-of-the-pcb#view_configuration_panel">View Configuration panel</a>, you can now select colors for objects that have been added, modified, removed, and not changed
(unchanged objects of a pin-to-pin connection when it is selected in the <em>PCB CoDesign</em> panel).</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_ViewConfiguration_SystemColors_Comparison_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-8gw3xr"> <img alt="Use the View Configuration panel to configure the comparison color legend." border="1" class="" height="465" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_ViewConfiguration_SystemColors_Comparison_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="Use the View Configuration panel to configure the comparison color legend." width="300" loading="lazy"></a><br>
<span class="caption" style="color:#666666;font-family:tahoma,verdana,sans-serif;font-size:11px;">Use the <em>View Configuration</em> panel to configure the comparison color legend.</span>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="other-pcb-codesign-ui-changes-24-0"></a><a id="other-pcb-codesign-ui-changes"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="other-pcb-codesign-ui-changes-24-0" id="other-pcb-codesign-ui-changes-24-0">Other PCB CoDesign UI Changes</h4>
<ul>
<li>The pop-up that shows that the comparison is in progress now appears right after running the comparison.</li>
<li>Added the ability to select and deselect entries in the change list. When an entry is selected (by clicking on it), click it again to deselect the entry and reset the object highlighting in the design space.</li>
<li>The <strong>Save to Server</strong> command has been added to the menu of the <em>Project</em> panel's <strong>Merged</strong> icon (<img alt="" border="1" class="" height="16" id=""
src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/vcs_merged.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px; margin-top: -2px; margin-bottom: -2px;" title="" width="16" loading="lazy">) shown after merging changes
using the <em>PCB CoDesign</em> panel – <a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_Projects_Icn_Merged_SaveToServer_AD24_0.png" data-fancybox="group-v9r40w"> <img style="display: none;">show image</a>.</li>
<li>When clicking the <strong>Save to Server</strong> button in the <em>PCB CoDesigner</em> panel after merging changes, only the merged PCB document is selected in the <em>Save to Server</em> dialog by default –
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_PCBCoDesign_Merged_SaveToServer_AD24_0.png" data-fancybox="group-ofwnaj"> <img style="display: none;">show image</a>.</li>
<li>When merging the changes is run, a new pop-up showing that merging is in progress is now displayed –
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Pnl_PCBCoDesign_MergingPopUp_AD24_0.png" data-fancybox="group-2pg2rq"> <img style="display: none;">show image</a>.</li>
</ul>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-codesign">PCB CoDesign</a> page.</div>
<a id="ConstraintMgr_24_0" name="ConstraintMgr_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-0"></a><a id="constraint-manager-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="constraint-manager-improvements-24-0" id="constraint-manager-improvements-24-0">Constraint Manager Improvements</h3>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ability-to-add-differential-pair-classes-to-the-clearance-matrix-24-0"></a><a id="ability-to-add-differential-pair-classes-to-the-clearance-matrix"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="ability-to-add-differential-pair-classes-to-the-clearance-matrix-24-0" id="ability-to-add-differential-pair-classes-to-the-clearance-matrix-24-0">Ability to Add Differential
Pair Classes to the Clearance Matrix</h4>
<p>Starting from this release, you can add not only net classes but also differential pair classes to the Clearance Matrix (the <strong>Clearances</strong> view).</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_ClearanceMatrix_AddDiffPairClass_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-ct3lye"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="251" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_ClearanceMatrix_AddDiffPairClass_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="editing-custom-topology-on-the-pcb-side-24-0"></a><a id="editing-custom-topology-on-the-pcb-side"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="editing-custom-topology-on-the-pcb-side-24-0" id="editing-custom-topology-on-the-pcb-side-24-0">Editing Custom Topology on the PCB Side</h4>
<p>It is now possible to define the topology of a net as <strong>Custom</strong> and edit it as required in the <em>Constraint Manager</em> when it is accessed from the PCB side.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_CustomTopology_PCB_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-7lodfe"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="638" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_CustomTopology_PCB_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="propagating-topology-changes-when-editing-theconstraint-set-24-0"></a><a id="propagating-topology-changes-when-editing-theconstraint-set"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="propagating-topology-changes-when-editing-theconstraint-set-24-0" id="propagating-topology-changes-when-editing-theconstraint-set-24-0">Propagating Topology Changes when
Editing the Constraint Set</h4>
<p>When editing a Constraint Set that includes a custom topology, changes made to the topology are now propagated to other objects to which this Constraint Set is applied.</p>
<p>
<video controls="" height="y" poster="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_CustomTopology_ConstraintSetChange_AD24_0_static.png" preload="auto" style="max-width:100%; height: auto;" width="x">
<source src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_CustomTopology_ConstraintSetChange_AD24_0.mp4" type="video/mp4">
</video>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ability-to-remove-xsignals-24-0"></a><a id="ability-to-remove-xsignals"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="ability-to-remove-xsignals-24-0" id="ability-to-remove-xsignals-24-0">Ability to Remove xSignals</h4>
<p>It is now possible to remove an xSignal from the <strong>xSignals</strong> tab of the <strong>Electrical</strong> view. To do this, right-click an xSignal and select the <strong>xSignals » Remove xSignal</strong> command
from the context menu.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="380" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_xSignals_RemoveXSignal_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="590"
loading="lazy"></p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="cross-select-from-and-to-the-constraint-manager-24-0"></a><a id="cross-select-from-and-to-the-constraint-manager"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="cross-select-from-and-to-the-constraint-manager-24-0" id="cross-select-from-and-to-the-constraint-manager-24-0">Cross Select From and To the Constraint Manager</h4>
<p>In this release, an ability to cross-select objects from and to the <em>Constraint Manager</em> has been added. When cross-select mode is enabled (using the <strong>Cross Select Mode</strong> command from the <strong>Tools</strong> main
menu of the <em>Constraint Manager</em>, the schematic or PCB editor), objects selected in the <em>Constraint Manager</em> are also selected in the schematic and PCB documents, and vice versa.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_CrossSelect_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-vys3jd"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="569" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_CrossSelect_AD24_0.png" style="border-width: 1px; border-style: solid;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="enhanced-the-expandcollapse-state-24-0"></a><a id="enhanced-the-expandcollapse-state"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="enhanced-the-expandcollapse-state-24-0" id="enhanced-the-expandcollapse-state-24-0">Enhanced the Expand/Collapse State</h4>
<p>All nodes, except for those that are predefined (e.g., <strong>All Nets</strong>), are now collapsed in the <strong>Physical </strong>and <strong>Electrical</strong> views by default. You can use the new <strong>Expand All</strong> and
<strong>Collapse All</strong> right-click menu commands to control the grid nodes.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_ExpandCollapse_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-1qo2dp"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="569" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConstraintManager_ExpandCollapse_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager">Defining Design Requirements Using the Constraint Manager</a> page.</div>
<p><a id="3d_layout" name="3d_layout"></a> <a id="3d_mid_design" name="3d_mid_design"></a></p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="3d-mid-design-open-beta-24-0"></a><a id="3d-mid-design-open-beta"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="3d-mid-design-open-beta-24-0" id="3d-mid-design-open-beta-24-0">3D-MID Design (Open Beta)</h3>
<p>3D-MID technology combines electrical circuits with three-dimensional mechanical parts. This fusion of functionality opens up a world of possibilities within a vast range of application areas.</p>
<p>Historically, designers of 3D-MIDs have generally been restricted to MCAD packages due to the lack of suitable ECAD tools. There are many problems inherent to this way of working, not least is the absence of any electrical intelligence
to drive the circuit layout and the difficulties associated with projecting 2D manually drawn sketches onto 3D surfaces.</p>
<p>The new 3D-MID editor in Altium Designer allows you to place standard surface mount components onto a 3D shape in a 3D-MID document and route traces along the surface of the shape to complete the layout.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/3DMID_combo_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-n3fkk7"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="614" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/3DMID_combo_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>The completed design can then be exported in the file format required by the Laser Direct Structuring
(<a href="https://www.lpkf.com/en/industries-technologies/electronics-manufacturing/3d-mids-with-laser-direct-structuring-lds" target="_blank">LDS</a>) manufacturing process.</p>
<div class="messages status">To learn more about this functionality, see <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/3d-mid-design">3D-MID Design</a>.</div>
<div class="messages note">Note that the 3D-MID functionality is not supported with the Altium Designer Standard Subscription. If you are interested in 3D-MID and have a Standard Subscription, talk to your Altium sales representative about
your evaluation options.</div>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the <code>System.3DMID</code> option is enabled in the
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>.</div>
<a id="Harness_24_0" name="Harness_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="harness-design-improvements-24-0"></a><a id="harness-design-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="harness-design-improvements-24-0" id="harness-design-improvements-24-0">Harness Design Improvements</h3>
<a id="LayoutLabels_24_0" name="LayoutLabels_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="treat-layout-labels-as-components-in-bom-24-0"></a><a id="treat-layout-labels-as-components-in-bom"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="treat-layout-labels-as-components-in-bom-24-0" id="treat-layout-labels-as-components-in-bom-24-0">Treat Layout Labels as Components in BOM</h4>
<p>Layout labels in the Layout Drawing are now treated as components in the BOM, with support for part choices and grouping.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/LayoutLabel_BOM_24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-0mhwef"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="361" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/LayoutLabel_BOM_24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="700" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-layout-drawing#adding-layout-labels">Creating the Harness Layout Drawing</a> page.</div>
<a id="ConnectionTable_WiringList_24_0" name="ConnectionTable_WiringList_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-columns-to-theconnection-table-and-wiring-list-24-0"></a><a id="added-columns-to-theconnection-table-and-wiring-list"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="added-columns-to-theconnection-table-and-wiring-list-24-0" id="added-columns-to-theconnection-table-and-wiring-list-24-0">Added Columns to the Connection Table and Wiring
List</h4>
<p>Additional columns have been added to the Connection Table and Wiring List in a Manufacturing Drawing (<code>*.HarDwf</code>) that allow you to easily view the additional information in the design
space. <strong>Crimp </strong>(part number), <strong>Cable</strong>, <strong>ToPin</strong>, and <strong>ToPart</strong> have been added to the Connection Table; <strong>FromCrimp</strong>,<strong> ToCrimp</strong>, and
<strong>Cable </strong>have been added to the Wiring List. Toggle the eye icon in the <em>Properties </em>panel to display/hide the desired columns in the connection table.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConnectionTable1_24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-jxyn51"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="503" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/ConnectionTable1_24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/WiringList1_24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-u39de6"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="375" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/WiringList1_24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="800" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-manufacturing-drawing#working-with-tables">Creating a Manufacturing Drawing for a Harness Design</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="platform-improvement-24-0"></a><a id="platform-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="platform-improvement-24-0" id="platform-improvement-24-0">Platform Improvement</h3>
<a id="LongPathNames_23_11" name="LongPathNames_23_11"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="support-for-long-path-names-open-beta-24-0"></a><a id="support-for-long-path-names-open-beta"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="support-for-long-path-names-open-beta-24-0" id="support-for-long-path-names-open-beta-24-0">Support for Long Path Names (Open Beta)</h4>
<p>Support for long path names has been implemented in this release. When a file path with the file name exceeds 256 characters, the actions on files are now supported, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>Opening a project from the connected Workspace.</li>
<li>Making a local project available in the Workspace.</li>
<li>Changing the folder path in an Outjob file.</li>
<li>Generating outputs using an Outjob file or the <em>Project Releaser</em>.</li>
<li>Saving a project as a project template to the Workspace.</li>
</ul>
<p>Starting from Windows 10 version 1607, MAX_PATH limitations have been removed from common Win32 files and directory functions. However, you must opt-in to the new behavior by changing a registry key on the computer where
Altium Designer is installed. Refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/support-long-path-names">Support for Long Path Names</a> page for details. After doing so, ensure that your computer is rebooted.</p>
<div class="messages note"><strong>WARNING:</strong> Modifying the registry improperly can result in Windows becoming unusable. Use the Registry Editor only at your own risk and only after backing up the registry as outlined in the
Microsoft article <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/322756">How to back up and restore the registry in Windows</a>.</div>
<div class="messages info">When releasing a project that uses a long path to an Enterprise Server Workspace, the PC where the Altium On-Prem Enterprise Server is installed should also be configured:
<a href="/documentation/enterprise-server/support-long-path-names">learn more</a>.</div>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the <code>System.LongPathsSupport</code> option is enabled in the
<a href="/documentation/altium-designer/system-preferences#Advanced_Settings_Dlg">Advanced Settings dialog</a>. Note that this option is available only when the <code>LongPathsEnabled</code> registry key is set to
<code>1</code>.</div>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/support-long-path-names">Support for Long Path Names</a> page.</div>
<a id="Importers_24_0" name="Importers_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="importexport-improvements-24-0"></a><a id="importexport-improvements"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="importexport-improvements-24-0" id="importexport-improvements-24-0">Import/Export Improvements</h3>
<a id="xdxdesigner_import_improvements" name="xdxdesigner_import_improvements"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="xdx-designer-import-enhancements-24-0"></a><a id="xdx-designer-import-enhancements"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="xdx-designer-import-enhancements-24-0" id="xdx-designer-import-enhancements-24-0">xDX Designer Import Enhancements</h4>
<p>This release delivers a number of key improvements and fixes in relation to the import of xDX Designer design files into Altium Designer.</p>
<p><strong>Added Ability to Import Symbols Only</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Reporting Options</strong> page of the <em>Mentor xDxDesigner Import Wizard</em> now includes the <strong>Import symbols only</strong> option that allows to import symbols only. When this option is enabled, identical
symbols from the library database will be imported as a single schematic symbol, even if it is used by many components in the original library, and parameters are not imported to symbols in Altium Designer.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_ImportSymbolsOnly_AD23_11.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-0epkq9"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="463" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_ImportSymbolsOnly_AD23_11.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="600" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p>Also, when this option is enabled, the next page of the <em>Wizard</em> will suggest generating part-symbol and pin mapping data in CSV format by enabling the <strong>Generate Pin Mapping and Component Models/Parameters Combined
CSV</strong> option. When this option is enabled, use the available fields to define Oracle DB connection parameters and a parameter mapping file.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_GenerateCSV_AD23_11.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-tzcdhn"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="463" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_GenerateCSV_AD23_11.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="600" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<p><strong>Multi-part Symbol Import Improvements</strong></p>
<p>When imported to Altium Designer, a multi-part symbol receives a Design Item ID combined with the first and last part names defined in xDX Designer. These combined Design Item IDs are also used in the generated CSV files.</p>
<p>Also, the order of parts in symbols imported to Altium Designer is now the same as defined in the original library.</p>
<p><strong>Symbol Import Improvements</strong></p>
<p>Other import improvements include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Static text strings in symbols are now imported.</li>
<li>The '<code>~</code>' characters used for negation in xDX Designer are now transformed into '<code>\</code>' characters in pin names to correctly represent negation symbols in Altium Designer.</li>
<li>
<p>The <strong>Reporting Options</strong> page of the <em>Mentor xDxDesigner Import Wizard</em> now includes the <strong>Import pin customizations (font size)</strong> option. When this option is enabled, pin designators and names
are imported to Altium Designer with the same font size as in xDX Designer.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_ImportPinCustomizationsFontSize_AD23_11.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-7kl3ik"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="463" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Dlg_ImportWizard_ImportPinCustomizationsFontSize_AD23_11.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="600" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
</li>
</ul>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/xdx-designer-import">Importing a Design from xDX Designer or DxDesigner</a> page.</div>
<a id="Expedition_Imp_24_0" name="Expedition_Imp_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="mentor-expedition-import-improvements-24-0"></a><a id="mentor-expedition-import-improvements"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="mentor-expedition-import-improvements-24-0" id="mentor-expedition-import-improvements-24-0">Mentor Expedition Import Improvements</h4>
<p><strong>Added Ability to Choose Extruded Body Layer</strong></p>
<p>You now have the ability to choose the layer when creating extruded bodies when importing Mentor Expedition files using the <em>Import Wizard</em>. After adding the Mentor PCB and Library files to be imported, choose
from <strong>Placement Outline</strong> or <strong>Assembly Outline </strong>using the <strong>Create extruded body from</strong> drop-down on the <strong>Current User Layer Mappings</strong> page. When the option
is enabled, the default is <strong>Placement Outline</strong>.</p>
<p> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="566" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/Expedition_Extruded_24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="705" loading="lazy"></p>
<p><strong>Placement Outline Improvement</strong></p>
<p>Placement Outlines can now be imported as primitives on the Placement Outline layer on the Top/Bottom 3D Body assembly layers.</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/expedition-import">Importing a Design from Xpedition</a> page.</div>
<a id="SIM_24_0" name="SIM_24_0"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="circuit-simulation-improvement-24-0"></a><a id="circuit-simulation-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="circuit-simulation-improvement-24-0" id="circuit-simulation-improvement-24-0">Circuit Simulation Improvement</h3>
<a id="output_currents_p_channel_transistors" name="output_currents_p_channel_transistors"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="output-currents-for-p-channel-transistors-inverted-24-0"></a><a id="output-currents-for-p-channel-transistors-inverted"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="output-currents-for-p-channel-transistors-inverted-24-0" id="output-currents-for-p-channel-transistors-inverted-24-0">Output Currents for P-Channel Transistors Inverted</h4>
<p>Output currents for P-Channel transistors (BJT, JFET, MOSFET, MESFET) are now treated as inflow currents, making them consistent with N-Channel transistors.</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/creating-simulation-model">Creating a Simulation Model</a> page.</div>
<p><a id="Ansys_Collaboration" name="Ansys_Collaboration"></a> <a id="ansys_codesigner" name="ansys_codesigner"></a></p>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="ansys-codesigner-open-beta-24-0"></a><a id="ansys-codesigner-open-beta"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="ansys-codesigner-open-beta-24-0" id="ansys-codesigner-open-beta-24-0">Ansys CoDesigner (Open Beta)</h3>
<p>This release presents the first steps into true collaborative design (CoDesign) between the ECAD and Simulation domains. Up until now, engineers in these two siloed camps have had to rely on manual export/import file processes that have
no connection with a revision of a design and communication of changes and results, typically by email, outside of the design arena.</p>
<p>Now, with the arrival of the Ansys CoDesigner feature, the ECAD engineer (using Altium Designer) can seamlessly collaborate on a design with their SIM engineer colleague (using Ansys Electronics Desktop (AEDT)). Collaboration is
facilitated through an Altium 365 Workspace, which acts as a bridge between the two domains. This initial release includes support for the following key elements:</p>
<ul>
<li>Bi-directional push/pull of design changes between the two domains. From Altium Designer, changes to layer stack and materials, components, and primitives are detected and can be applied in AEDT. From AEDT, proposed changes to layer
stack and materials can be pushed through the EDB file and detected/applied in Altium Designer.</li>
<li>Simulation results are pushed from AEDT to the Altium 365 Workspace and associated with a revision of the design, with the ability to view through the Workspace’s browser interface and preview within Altium Designer.</li>
<li>Bi-directional communication using the commenting system, with each comment thread attached to a specific component in a design.</li>
</ul>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/AnsysCollaboration_combo_AD23_11.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-x6j0im"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="783" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/AnsysCollaboration_combo_AD23_11.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages info">Currently, AEDT of version 2023 R1 and 2023 R2 is supported by Ansys CoDesigner.</div>
<div class="messages status"> For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/ansys-codesigner">Ansys CoDesigner</a> page.</div>
<div class="messages note">Note that Ansys CoDesigner is not supported with the Altium Designer Standard Subscription.</div>
<div class="messages info">This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the <strong>Ansys CoDesigner</strong> (for Altium Designer) and <strong>Altium Link</strong> (for Ansys Electronics Desktop) extensions are
installed. The latter can be obtained by contacting <a href="mailto:ansyscollaboration@altium.com">ansyscollaboration@altium.com</a>.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="power-analyzer-by-keysight-improvement-24-0"></a><a id="power-analyzer-by-keysight-improvement"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="power-analyzer-by-keysight-improvement-24-0" id="power-analyzer-by-keysight-improvement-24-0">Power Analyzer by Keysight Improvement</h3>
<a id="PABK_assign_currents_multiple_nets_same_component" name="PABK_assign_currents_multiple_nets_same_component"></a>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="added-ability-to-assign-currents-for-multiple-nets-on-the-same-component-24-0"></a><a id="added-ability-to-assign-currents-for-multiple-nets-on-the-same-component"></a></p>
<h4 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="added-ability-to-assign-currents-for-multiple-nets-on-the-same-component-24-0" id="added-ability-to-assign-currents-for-multiple-nets-on-the-same-component-24-0">Added Ability
to Assign Currents for Multiple Nets on the Same Component</h4>
<p>In this release, the ability to assign currents for multiple nets on the same component for different series elements has been added.</p>
<p>When configuring a load of the <strong>IC (Current)</strong> type, you can see all pins of the load component that connect it with the source through different serial components, with the ability to select the required pins.</p>
<p>In the example shown below, the <code>5V</code> power net is connected to two pins of the <code>LCD1</code> component through <code>R4</code> and <code>R5</code> series components. After extending the power net and
adding <code>LCD1</code> as the load, both pins can be selected and configured as required in the <em>Load Properties</em> dialog.</p>
<p>
<a href="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PABK_EditingLoadProperties_MultipleSerComponents_AD24_0.png" rel="fancybox" class="fancybox" data-fancybox="group-vj5gu1"> <img alt="" border="1" class="" height="571" id="" src="/documentation/sites/default/files/wiki_attachments/322386/PABK_EditingLoadProperties_MultipleSerComponents_AD24_0.png" style="border-style: solid;border-width: 1px;" title="" width="840" loading="lazy"></a>
</p>
<div class="messages status">For more information, refer to the <a href="/documentation/altium-designer/altium-power-analyzer-quickstart-guide#specifying_load">Power Analyzer QuickStart Guide</a> page.</div>
<p class="no-margin"><a id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-0"></a><a id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-240"></a></p>
<h3 data-global-header-version="24.0" data-global-header-anchor="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-0" id="features-made-fully-public-in-altium-designer-24-0">Features Made Fully Public in Altium Designer 24.0</h3>
<p>The following features are now officially made Public with this release:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/constraint-manager">Constraint Manager</a> - available from 23.11</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-codesign">PCB CoDesign</a> - available from 23.10</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/harness-design">Harness Design</a> - available from 23.0</li>
<li><a href="/documentation/altium-designer/pcb-manufacturing-rules#minimum_annular_ring">Improved Detection of Minimum Annular Ring Violation</a> - available from 22.10</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</details>
<div class="collapse-text-text"></div>
<script type="text/javascript">
var p = document.getElementsByClassName("Counter");
for (k = 0; k < p.length; k++) {
Bloberator(p[k].id, "0");
}
document.getElementById('slidesCSS').sheet.deleteRule(3);
document.getElementById('slidesCSS').sheet.deleteRule(4);
function Update(ss, n) {
var g = (document.getElementById(ss).innerHTML) - 1;
var TextArray = document.getElementsByClassName(ss + ss);
var ImageArray = document.getElementsByClassName(ss);
if ((g == 0) & (n == -1)) {
n = 0;
}
ImageArray[g].style.opacity = "0";
ImageArray[g].style.zIndex = "-1";
if (g < TextArray.length) {
TextArray[g].style.display = "none";
}
g = g + (n);
if (g == ImageArray.length) {
g = 0;
}
ImageArray[g].style.opacity = "1";
ImageArray[g].style.zIndex = "1";
if (g < TextArray.length > 0) {
TextArray[g].style.display = "inherit";
}
document.getElementById(ss).innerHTML = g + 1;
Bloberator(ss, g);
}
function Bloberator(sss, m) {
var dots = "";
var IR = document.getElementsByClassName(sss);
for (d = 0; d < IR.length; d++) {
if (d == m) {
dots = dots + "<span style='background-color: #717171;' class='blob'></span>";
} else {
dots = dots + "<span class='blob' onclick='Update(" + '"' + sss + '",' + (d - m) + ")'></span>";
}
}
var dotrows = document.getElementsByName(sss);
for (x = 0; x < dotrows.length; x++) {
dotrows[x].innerHTML = dots;
}
}
</script>
</div>
</form>POST /documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc
<form class="form-report-issue" data-drupal-selector="form-report-issue"
action="/documentation/altium-designer/new?mkt_tok=ODE3LVNGVy0wNzEAAAGSlFoIZHP1QpTEPDBMuTcMlMw_x8zOUplwvLsJMWzZnlyBjNfk41HmS9qEqlnDxqFVLSLNlVIvo09DSbpbcGPm9CDJEsRGwDk5ULi1ZK0m2YzU8CY72tc" method="post" id="form-report-issue" accept-charset="UTF-8"
data-once="form-updated" data-drupal-form-fields="typo-context,typo-url,edit-issue,edit-actions">
<input autocomplete="off" data-drupal-selector="form-tjon9kw8w2fu9xodh-ajnvznlhspuvxigu1o5jxwciq" type="hidden" name="form_build_id" value="form-tjOn9kW8W2fU9XodH-ajNVZnLHspUvxiGu1o5JxWcIQ">
<input data-drupal-selector="edit-form-report-issue" type="hidden" name="form_id" value="form_report_issue">
<input id="typo-context" data-drupal-selector="edit-typo-context" type="hidden" name="typo_context" value="">
<input id="typo-url" data-drupal-selector="edit-typo-url" type="hidden" name="typo_url" value="">
<div class="am-form">
<div class="form-item">
<div class="js-form-item form-item js-form-type-textarea form-type-textarea js-form-item-issue form-item-issue">
<label for="edit-issue" class="js-form-required form-required">ISSUE</label>
<div class="form-textarea-wrapper">
<textarea placeholder="Please describe the issue encountered (e.g., a typo, incorrect information, outdated imagery)." class="form-text form-textarea required resize-vertical" data-drupal-selector="edit-issue" id="edit-issue" name="issue"
rows="6" cols="60" maxlength="1024" required="required" aria-required="true"></textarea>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="modal__text">
<p>Connect to <a href="https://supportcenter.live.altium.com" target="_blank">Support Center</a> for Product Questions</p>
</div>
<div class="form-actions">
<button class="am-button _style-transparent" type="button" data-dismiss="modal">Cancel</button>
<input class="form-submit am-form-submit button js-form-submit" style="margin-right: 0" data-drupal-selector="edit-actions" type="submit" id="edit-actions" name="op" value="Send Feedback" data-once="drupal-ajax">
</div>
</div>
</form>Text Content
Skip to main content
Mobile menu
* PCB Design
* Altium Designer World’s Most Popular PCB Design Software
* CircuitStudio Entry Level, Professional PCB Design Tool
* CircuitMaker Free PCB design for makers, open source and non-profits
* Why Switch to Altium See why and how to switch to Altium from other PCB
design tools
* Solutions
* For Enterprise The Last Mile of Digital Transformation
* For Parts and Data Extensive, Easy-to-Use Search Engine for Electronic
Parts
* Altium 365
* Resources & Support
Explore Products
* Free Trials
* Downloads
* Extensions
Free Altium 365 Tools
* Online PCB Viewer
Resources & Support
* Altium / Renesas Scheme: Information for Shareholders
* All Resources
* Support Center
* Documentation
Altium Community
* Forum
* Bug Crunch
* Ideas
Education Programs
* Professional Training / Certification
* University / College Educators
* University / College Students
* Webinars
* Store
* Search Open
Search Search Close
Sign In
Search In: Doc:Documentation: Altium Designer
Altium DesignerAltium 365Altium MCAD CoDesignerAltium CircuitMakerCompany
DashboardAltium On-Prem Enterprise ServerAltium Infrastructure Server
Ver: Version: 24
2423222120.220.120.019.119.018.118.017.117.016.116.015.1
Close
Search Search on Documentation
*
Altium Designer Documentation
*
New in Altium Designer
*
Public Release Notes
*
Tutorial - A Complete Design Walkthrough with Altium Designer
*
Getting Familiar with the Altium Design Environment
*
Capturing Your Design Idea as a Schematic
*
Analyzing Your Design Using Circuit Simulation
*
BOM Management with ActiveBOM
*
Managing Design Changes between the Schematic & PCB
*
Laying Out Your PCB
*
Analyzing Your PCB Design
*
Streamlining Board Design Documentation with Draftsman
*
Preparing Your Design for Manufacture
*
Designing with Multiple PCBs
*
Harness Design
*
Building & Maintaining Your Components and Libraries
*
Configuring and Administrating Your Workspace
*
Installation, Licensing & Management
*
Retired Documentation
QUICK LINKS
* QuickLinks
* Using Altium Documentation
* Documentation Copyright Information
* Altium Documentation - Home
* Knowledge Base
Altium Designer Documentation
NEW IN ALTIUM DESIGNER
Created: November 15, 2023 | Updated: April 16, 2024 | Applies to version: 24
Note
The features available depend on your level of Altium Designer Software
Subscription.
This page details the improvements included in the initial release of Altium
Designer 24, as well as those added in subsequent updates. Along with delivering
a range of improvements that develop and mature the existing technologies, each
update also incorporates a large number of fixes and enhancements across the
software based on feedback raised by customers through the AltiumLive
Community's BugCrunch system, helping you continue to create cutting-edge
electronics technology.
You can choose to continue with your current version, update your current
version, or install Altium Designer 24 alongside your current version to access
the latest features. Your current version can be updated from within the
software in the Extensions and Updates view. If you prefer to install Altium
Designer 24 alongside your current version, visit the Altium Downloads page to
download the installer, then choose New Installation on the Installation Mode
page of the installer.
Free Trial!
If you like what you see but are not yet a customer, why not take Altium
Designer for a test drive? By filling out a simple form, you can try Altium
Designer for free with 15 days of access to the full software. That's right, you
will have the ability to evaluate the full Altium Designer experience with no
technical limitations with unfettered access to the world's finest PCB design
product. Click the link below, fill out the form, and see for yourself why more
engineers and designers choose Altium than any other product available!
Altium Designer Free Trial.
ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.4
Copy LinkCopied
Released: 16 April 2024 – Version 24.4.1 (build 13)
Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.4.1
SCHEMATIC CAPTURE IMPROVEMENT
USE OF MULTI-PART COMPONENTS WITH ALTERNATE MODES
This release announces support for presenting a multi-part component as either a
single symbol (all sub-parts) or multiple symbols (one for each individual
sub-part) using only a single component through defined Normal and Alternate
Modes.
An example of a schematic symbol of a dual op amp component. The normal mode
represents the component in two symbols. An alternate mode represents the
component as a single symbol.
Now, if a component has sub-parts without primitives, not placing these
sub-parts on the schematic will no longer cause an Unused sub-part in component
violation when running a design validation (provided parts with no primitives
are listed below all parts that have primitives in the list of symbol parts that
can be seen in the SCH Library panel).
For more information, refer to the Creating a Schematic Symbol page.
PCB DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
SELECTION BOX FOR COMPONENT 'PUSH' AND 'AVOID'
User-defined geometries for the component selection bounding box (following the
PCB.ComponentSelection advanced setting – learn more) are now observed when
moving a component in Push or Avoid Obstacles mode.
For more information, refer to the Advanced Placement Tools page.
ADDED 'OBEY RULES' OPTION FOR POLYGON POUR PROPERTIES
For a placed solid polygon pour, a new Obey Rules option is available as part of
its properties, which is used when removing necks less than a certain width.
Enabled by default for new polygons, it takes the value from the applicable
minimum Width constraint.
❯ ❮
1
When the Obey Rules option is disabled for a polygon pour, the minimum width of
allowed necks is determined by the Remove Necks Less Than field. In this
example, this value is 0.12mm, and necks of approximately 0.14 mm are allowed.
When the Obey Rules option is enabled, the minimum width of allowed necks is
determined by the minimum width value from the applicable Width constraint. In
this example, this value is 0.15mm, and necks less than this value are removed.
For more information, refer to the Polygons on Signal Layers page.
CONSTRAINT MANAGER IMPROVEMENTS
ADDED INDICATION OF SYNC STATUS WITH DIRECTIVES
This release adds an indicator of sync status between a constraint in the
Constraint Manager and the equivalent defined in a directive placed on a
schematic.
* When an object in the schematic has a parameter set or differential pair
directive placed on it, and this directive has constraint values that differ
from values defined for the same object in the Constraint Manager, these
values will be marked with an orange bar at the left side of the
corresponding cell in the Physical or Electrical view of the Constraint
Manager when the Constraint Manager is accessed from a schematic (e.g., ).
* When values of the constraint are in sync between the Constraint Manager and
the directive, the indication changes to a green bar (e.g., ).
When the object has no existing constraints, use the Import from
Directives command from the right-click menu of the view to import data from
directives to the Constraint Manager. Note that if a constraint value that has
been synchronized with a directive is edited in the Constraint Manager after
using the Import from Directives command, it will not be synchronized after
subsequently using the Import from Directives command again.
Note that after synchronizing data by importing data from directives to the
Constraint Manager and saving changes in the Constraint Manager, the controls to
add a new or edit/remove an existing net class, diff pair class, components
class, or rule will be grayed out in the Properties panel for the
corresponding directives.
❯ ❮
1
Net A00 has a Parameter Set directive placed on it, and this directive has a
Width constraint assigned.
In the Physical view of the Constraint Manager, cells related to width
constraints of net A00 have an orange bar that indicates these values are not in
sync with the directive.
After using the Import from Directives command, data from directives are
imported to the Constraint Manager, and the cells now have a green bar that
indicates that these values are in sync with the directive.
Note that in directive properties, controls to add, edit and remove classes and
rules are now grayed out.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
PROPAGATING WIDTH/GAP VALUES
From the Physical view of the Constraint Manager, a value entered in the top
grid for a single net or xNet (Min Width or Preferred Width), differential pair
(Min Width, Preferred Width, or Preferred Diff Pair Gap), or net/xNet/diff pair
class will now be propagated to corresponding width (Min Width/Preferred
Width/Max Width) or gap (Min Gap/Preferred Gap/Max Gap) fields in the constraint
regions below. Note that an entered value will be propagated to other fields
only if the object does not have the specific rule defined.
❯ ❮
1
Net A00 currently has no width constraint assigned (i.e. these constraints are
inherited from the All Nets net class).
After entering a value for the width constraint of the net (the Min Width
constraint in this example)...
...the value propagates to other fields of the width constraint (Preferred Width
and Max Width).
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
DRAFTSMAN IMPROVEMENT
SHOW ONLY NOT FITTED COMPONENTS IN BOM TABLE
Support is now available for placing a BOM table into a manufacturing drawing
created for a PCB design project (*.PCBDwf), presenting only those components
that are Not Fitted for the currently selected design variant. To do this,
select the Not Fitted option from the Show Components drop-down in the
Properties panel for the selected BOM table.
You can also select the Replaced option from the drop-down to show only
components for which alternate parts have been selected or fitted components
with varied parameter values in the current variant.
Currently, a BOM table with the Fitted, Not Fitted or Replaced options selected
for Show Components works with Base and Flat options for View Mode (not
Consolidated).
For more information, refer to the Bill Of Materials page.
DATA MANAGEMENT IMPROVEMENTS
SHOW REAL VALUE FOR SILICONEXPERT YTEOL PARAMETER
When a part has the YTEOL parameter provided by SiliconExpert with a value
greater than 5 years, the real value of this parameter is now presented in all
places where summary data on the part is presented (e.g., the header of
the Details pane in the Manufacturer Part Search or Components panel, or part
choices) instead of the 5+ years entry.
For more information, refer to the Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert page.
REFERENCES TO SILICONEXPERT COMPLIANCE DATASHEETS
Added support for references to SiliconExpert compliance datasheets to various
places where SiliconExpert data can be used, including ActiveBOM (*.BomDoc),
Manufacturer Part Search, Components, and Explorer panels, and when generating a
BOM output (in PDF or Excel format) through an Output Job.
An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from an ActiveBOM document.
An example of accessing a compliance datasheet from the Manufacturer Part Search
panel.
For more information, refer to the Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert page.
DISPLAY ITEM NAME FOR WORKSPACE CONTENT
For a Workspace content type that can be directly edited, the name of the item
being created, cloned or edited is now shown in the Projects panel and the
document tab, rather than its Item-Revision ID.
An example of editing Workspace content (schematic snippet, managed schematic
sheet, component template, Draftsman sheet template, and layerstack) and
displaying item names in the Projects panel and document tab.
For more information, refer to the Creating & Editing Content page.
ADDED SUPPORT FOR LATEST MS ACCESS DATABASE FILE FORMAT
When using Database to Workspace component synchronization (*.CmpSync) and part
supplier synchronization (*.PrtSync), files in the latest MS Access database
format (*.accdb) can now be used as the data source.
❯ ❮
1
For more information, refer to the Component Database to Workspace Data
Synchronization and Supply Chain Database to Workspace Data Synchronization
pages.
FEATURES MADE FULLY PUBLIC IN ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.4
The following features are now officially Public with this release:
* Rendering of Self-intersected Regions – available from 22.8
* Preventing Self-Intersections – available from 22.8
* Ability to Inherit a Component Template – available from 23.10
ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.3
Copy LinkCopied
Released: 19 March 2024 – Version 24.3.1 (build 35)
Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.3.1
Key Highlights
ExpandCollapse
PCB DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
PAD CORNER RADIUS/CHAMFER AS AN ABSOLUTE VALUE (OPEN BETA)
In this release, the ability to define pad corner radius/chamfer as an absolute
value (in mil or mm) has been added.
When a pad of the Rounded Rectangle or Chamfered Rectangle shape (on a copper,
paste or solder layer) is selected in the PCB or PCB Footprint editor, enter a
value to the Corner Radius field to define the radius/chamfer as an absolute
value (with the default measurement units). Note that the absolute value of the
pad corner radius/chamfer must be less than or equal to half of the shortest pad
side. The calculated percentage value will be shown at the right of the field.
Enter a value to the Corner Radius field to define it as an absolute value.
Enter a value followed by the % symbol to define the radius/chamfer as the
percentage of half of the pad's shortest side (as in previous versions).
The absolute value of the pad corner radius chamfer is also supported by the PCB
List and PCBLIB List panels, the Find Similar Objects dialog, and the Pad/Via
Template editor. Also, the following query keywords can now be used in
expressions:
Keyword Summary
Pad_CornerRadius_Value_AllLayers
Pad_CornerRadius_Value_TopLayer
Pad_CornerRadius_Value_BottomLayer
Pad_CornerRadius_Value_MidLayer<n>
(where n = 1..30)
Return pad objects whose Pad Corner Radius Size property for the corresponding
layer complies with the query.
For example, the AsMM(Pad_CornerRadius_Value_TopLayer) > '0.1' query returns pad
objects whose Pad Corner Radius Size (Top Layer) property is greater than 0.1mm.
Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_AllLayers
Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_TopLayer
Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_BottomLayer
Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_MidLayer<n>
(where n = 1..30)
Return pad objects whose Pad Corner Radius Uses Percent property for the
corresponding layer complies with the query.
For example, the Pad_CornerRadius_UsesPercent_MidLayer2 = 'False' query returns
pad objects whose Pad Corner Radius Uses Percent (Mid Layer 2) property is
disabled (i.e. an absolute value is used to define the pad radius on this
layer).
Note that the
existing Pad_CornerRadius_AllLayers, Pad_CornerRadius_TopLayer, Pad_CornerRadius_BottomLayer
and Pad_CornerRadius_MidLayer<n> (where n = 1..30) are still used to scope pad
objects whose Pad Corner Radius (%) property for the corresponding layer
complies with the query.
Support for pad corner radius/chamfer defined as an absolute value has also been
added to the Import Wizard when importing an Xpedition design.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when
the PCB.Pad.CustomShape.CornerRadiusAbsolute option is enabled in the Advanced
Settings dialog.
For more information, refer to the Working with Pads & Vias page.
PCB REPLICATION IMPROVEMENTS
Enhanced Error Notifications
If a missing pin connection in the selected Source Block is detected when
running the Layout Replication tool, the warning dialog will notify you about
the missing connection.
Click the link in the dialog to cross-probe to the offending object.
Added 'Busy' State for PCB Replication
To provide a more responsive UI for the PCB replication process, the indicators
of the feature 'busy' state were added in this release.
* When running the Layout Replication tool, an indication that replication data
is loading, with the possibility to cancel out of the process, appears before
opening the PCB Layout Replication dialog.
* After clicking the Replicate button in the PCB Layout Replication dialog, the
cursor indicates 'in progress' () before the first block is placed (or ready
for placement in interactive mode).
For more information, refer to the PCB Layout Replication page.
CONSTRAINT MANAGER IMPROVEMENTS
ADDED SUPPORT FOR IMPORTING DESIGN DIRECTIVES (OPEN BETA)
You can now import constraints from design directives, placed and defined on
your schematic source documents, into the Constraint Manager. This is performed
from the Physical or Electrical view (when accessing the Constraint Manager from
a schematic) using the new Import from Directives command (from the right-click
context menu) and supports rule, net class, diff pair, and diff pair class
directives.
Note that any existing constraints already defined for nets/net classes/diff
pairs/diff pair classes through the Constraint Manager will take precedence and
are, therefore, kept when an import is processed.
❯ ❮
1
On a schematic, some Parameter Set and Differential Pair directives are
placed. These directives define a diff pair, a net class and Width rules.
Use the Import from Directives command from the right-click menu in the
Constraint Manager.
The data from the directives will be imported into the Constraint Manager.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when
the ConstraintManager.ImportFromDirectives option is enabled in the Advanced
Settings dialog.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
NEW 'DIFF PAIRS' TAB
A new Diff Pairs tab is now available from the Electrical constraints view for
explicitly defining and managing differential pairs. A hierarchical list of the
differential pairs in the design is shown on this tab. Select a cell for a
differential pair or differential pair class to present constraints for it in
the bottom region of the Constraint Manager.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
SUPPORT FOR CREEPAGE IN THE CLEARANCE MATRIX
A Creepage rule can now be specified when defining electrical clearances between
classes of nets and/or differential pairs using the matrix in the Clearances
view.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
SUPPORT FOR MULTI-EDITING IN THE CLEARANCE MATRIX
Added support to the clearance matrix (the Clearance view) for multi-editing
within a selected row/column. In the detailed clearance settings of
the Constraint Manager, select a row or column, type the required value, and
press Enter or click to apply this value to all cells of the row/column.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
DRAFTSMAN IMPROVEMENT
ABILITY TO CHANGE THE RESOLUTION OF A BOARD REALISTIC VIEW
The resolution for a placed Board Realistic View can now be configured in
the Resolution(DPI) field in the Properties region of the Properties panel by
entering the desired resolution in the field. Previously, the view was a static
rendered image with no way to change the resolution. The minimum setting is 75
DPI, and the default setting is 300 DPI.
For more information, refer to the Working with Additional Views page.
HARNESS DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
CAVITY ENHANCEMENTS
Specifying Cavity Types
You can now specify the type of cavity for each pin of a harness component in
the Wiring Diagram (*.WirDoc). On the Cavities tab of the Properties panel,
select the desired pin, then click Add. Choose the cavity type from the
drop-down. In the Select Connector dialog that opens, select the specific
desired connector for the pin.
Only one cavity of a particular type can be added to a pin. Once a cavity of a
particular type has been added, the entry is unavailable (grayed out) in the
drop-down, as shown in the image below for Pin 3.
For more information, refer to the Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram page.
Added New Cavity Types to Wiring List and Connection Table
Seals, plugs and other cavity parts can be displayed in a wiring list and
connection table in a manufacturing drawing. Enable the visibility of the
desired columns in the Columns tab of the Properties panel when the placed table
is selected in the design space.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
Added Cavity BOM Line Numbers to Callouts on the Manufacturing Drawing
When a callout set to display the BOM Item is added to the physical view of a
component on a layout drawing view, it will include BOM line numbers for all
assigned cavities.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
VISIBILITY AND LOCK OPTIONS FOR HARNESS BUNDLE LENGTH PARAMETER
The Length parameter of a harness bundle in a Layout Drawing (*.LdrDoc) now
includes visibility and lock options.
For more information, refer to the Creating the Harness Layout Drawing page.
HIGHLIGHT BUNDLES WITH WIRES FROM SPLIT CABLES
All harness bundles that include wires from a split harness cable are now
highlighted on the Layout Drawing when the cable is selected in the Bundle
Objects region of the Properties panel. For a split cable, the length of the
longest wire is shown in BOM.
❯ ❮
1
Cable C1 is split between different connectors.
When clicking the cable entry in the Bundle Objects region of the Properties
panel for the selected bundle, all bundles that include wires from C1 are now
highlighted.
In BOM, the length of the longest wire (a wire that passes through bundles B1
and B3 in this example) is shown for C1.
ADDED TWIST OBJECT DESIGNATOR TO THE WIRING LIST
The designator of a twist object is now displayed in the wiring list as shown in
the image below.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
BOARD DETAIL VIEW RENAMED HARNESS DETAIL VIEW
The Board Detail View in a Harness Draftsman document (*.HarDwf) has been
renamed Harness Detail View.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
DISPLAY INDIVIDUAL WIRE LENGTHS IN WIRING LIST AND CONNECTION TABLE
The Length column in a wiring list and connection table now displays the
individual wire lengths for each wire in a cable.
❯ ❮
1
Wires W1, W2 and W3 are part of a cable.
Individual lengths of these wires are now shown in a wiring list and connection
table.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
DISPLAY TOTAL LENGTH OF WIRES AND CABLES IN BOM
For harness wiring components, the Length column in the ActiveBOM document and
BOM Table in a manufacturing drawing now presents the total length for
wires/cables of the same BOM item rather than their individual lengths.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
DATA MANAGEMENT IMPROVEMENTS
SUPPORT FOR CUSTOM PRICING
When you have a configured connection to a specific supplier account through the
browser interface of your Altium 365 Workspace (learn more), you can now see
custom pricing where applicable in the ActiveBOM and all places where part
choices are accessed. Also, suppliers that provide custom prices are labeled as
such in the Project Part Providers Preferences dialog, which can be accessed by
clicking the Edit button in the Favorite Suppliers List field in the Properties
panel for the ActiveBOM document.
ADDED BOM CHECKS FOR SILICONEXPERT PARAMETERS
Support for a range of checks based on SiliconExpert parameters was added to
ActiveBOM. You can enable or disable these checks in the Violations Associated
with Part Choices category in the BOM Checks dialog. Open the dialog by clicking
the button in the BOM Checks region of the Properties panel.
For more information, refer to the Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert
and Finalizing Your BOM pages.
ADDED COMMENT RESOLVED STATUS TO EXPORTED PDF
When exporting comments to PDF, the status for resolved simple comments (i.e.,
those not assigned as 'tasks') is now included in the export.
For more information, refer to the Document Commenting page.
ADDED COMPILED INTLIB TO DOWNLOADED MANUFACTURER PART ZIP
When downloading a component from the Manufacturer Part Search panel as a file
library, the compiled Integrated library (*.IntLib) is now included as part of
the Zip file.
For more information, refer to the Searching for & Placing Components page.
IMPORT/EXPORT IMPROVEMENT
XPEDITION LIBRARY IMPORT ENHANCEMENTS
This release adds the following improvements when importing an Xpedition library
into Altium Designer.
* Added support for 'Round Donut' pad shapes defined in footprints within an
Xpedition library. Note that this first step enables such footprint pads to
be imported (as custom pad shapes). There is no dedicated ‘Round Donut’ pad
shape in PCB/PCB Footprint editors.
* Defined pad hole tolerances are now included when importing an Xpedition
library.
* Added support for replicated text strings in footprints (i.e., mounting hole
'A's) when importing an Xpedition library. The original string, its
replicates, and associated parameters are imported.
* Added support for zero-width lines defined for a footprint on the Placement
Outline layer when importing an Xpedition library.
For more information, refer to the Importing a Design from Xpedition page.
CIRCUIT SIMULATION IMPROVEMENTS
SIMULATION S-PARAMETERS ANALYSIS (OPEN BETA)
This release adds the ability to run an analysis of S-parameters (scattering
parameters). Such parameters facilitate an approach for describing networks
based on the ratio of incident and reflected microwaves (for a device under
test, how much power passes from one port to another, and how much power is
reflected back). These ratios can be subsequently used to calculate the
properties of a circuit, including input impedance, frequency response and
isolation. While this type of analysis is primarily for RF circuits and
components, it is equally useful for any circuit with at least two sources
(ports).
This new analysis is done by enabling the S-Parameters Analysis option in the AC
Sweep region of the Simulation Dashboard panel. Define the ports (sources)
involved and set an impedance for each (default is 50 ohms). If a device has
more than two ports, these can be added and defined accordingly, which will
result in more S-parameters involved in the resulting ‘S-matrix.’ Once the AC
sweep analysis is run, the S-parameters data will be available on the
S-parameters Analysis chart in the SDF document.
The simulation engine also calculates Y-parameters (admittance) and Z-parameters
(impedance), which can be added to plots in the chart as desired.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when
the Simulation.SParametersAnalysis option is enabled in the Advanced Settings
dialog.
For more information, refer to the Configuring & Running a Simulation page.
ADDED ABILITY TO PRESENT SPICE MODELS IN THE COMPONENTS PANEL
In this release, a new Show in Components Panel option has been added to the
Simulation – General page of the Preferences dialog. When this option is
enabled, the SPICE Libraries category is available in the Components panel, and
the libraries contained in the Model Path folder specified on the Simulation –
General page of the Preferences dialog are listed in this category. The category
structure reflects the structure of the specified folder.
As part of this, a folder of Analog Devices' SPICE models has been added to the
Mixed Simulation extension's default installation Library folder
(\ProgramData\Altium\Altium Designer <GUID>\Extensions\Mixed
Simulation\Library\SPICE Models\Analog Devices).
For more information, refer to the Simulation Preferences page.
ADDED ENABLE SIMULATION GENERIC COMPONENTS LIBRARY OPTION
A new Enable Simulation Generic Components Library option has been added to the
Simulation – General page of the Preferences dialog, allowing you to control the
library’s visibility within the Components panel.
In addition, the library has been removed from the Installed tab of the
Libraries Preferences dialog.
For more information, refer to the Simulation Preferences page.
ADDED SUPPORT FOR THE 'TEMP' KEYWORD IN CONSTANT PARAMETERS
For temperature analysis, the keyword TEMP can now be used in constant
parameters.
The keyword TEMP can be used in constant parameters. The image shows the TEMP
keyword being used to calculate the IS parameter of transistor Q11.
The TEMP value (the actual operating temperature of the circuit in °C) is set on
the Advanced tab of the Advanced Analysis Settings dialog accessed by
clicking Settings in the Analysis Setup & Run region of the Simulation
Dashboard panel.
Note that if the TEMP keyword is used in a constant parameter, the simulator
will not be able to perform a DC Sweep analysis when the Temp parameter is
selected as a parameter to be stepped for this analysis.
For more information, refer to the Configuring & Running a Simulation page.
ADDED SUPPORT FOR THE LTSPICE 'AKO' MODEL KEYWORD
When creating a model based on another model, you can now use the AKO model
keyword.
In the example shown below, model QP has all the same parameters as model QP350,
except that BF is changed and VA is set.
.MODEL QP350 PNP(IS=1.4E-15 BF=70 CJE=.012P CJC=.06P RE=20 RB=350 RC=200)
.MODEL QP AKO:QP350 PNP(BF=150 VA=100)
Error detection is applied when using the AKO syntax, in cases where the model
definition involves:
* infinite recursion – show image, or
* a missing base model – show image.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Simulation Model page.
FEATURES MADE FULLY PUBLIC IN ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.3
The following features are now officially Public with this release:
* Print Not Fitted Components – available from 22.3
* Any Angle Retrace – available from 23.10
* Replication of PCB Layout – available from 23.11
* Automatic Tuning of Multiple Nets – available from 23.11
* Any Angle Diff Pair Router – available from 24.0
* Ability to Store TrueType Fonts – available from 24.1
ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.2
Copy LinkCopied
Released: 15 February 2024 – Version 24.2.2 (build 26)
Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.2.2
Key Highlights
ExpandCollapse
PCB DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
ADDED THE ABILITY TO CHOOSE COMPONENTS MANUALLY WHILE REPLICATING
This release extends the functionality of the PCB Layout Replication tool with
the ability to manually map components in target blocks where multiple
components have been detected by the tool as having similar connections. This
allows you to manually choose between available components that are able to
replace each other faithfully without violating circuit connectivity.
When multiple components with similar connections are detected by the tool,
corresponding target blocks in the PCB Layout Replication dialog will have the
icon (when the block is collapsed), and each component with available
replacements will have the icon (when the block is expanded). Use the drop-down
in the Designator field of the component with detected replacements to choose
the required component.
❯ ❮
1
For more information, refer to the PCB Layout Replication page.
ADDED DIFFERENTIAL PAIR COMMON MODE IMPEDANCE IN LAYER STACK MANAGER
When Differential is selected as the Type in the Properties panel to define an
Impedance Profile for a differential pair, a field has been added that shows the
common mode impedance for the selected Impedance Profile. This value, which is
displayed as Impedance (Zcomm), is taken from Simbeor's calculated transmission
line data.
For more information, refer to the Controlled Impedance Routing page.
USE OF TUNING MITER PARAMETER FOR CONNECTING AN ACCORDION TO A ROUTE
When interactively tuning the length of a route by adding an accordion, the
Miter parameter defined for the accordion in the Properties panel is now also
used to miter the traces that connect the accordion to the route. Previously,
the Miter Ratio parameter defined for the interactive routing was used for these
traces.
The Miter value from the accordion properties is now also applied to traces
connecting that accordion to the route.
For more information, refer to the Length Tuning page.
CONSTRAINT MANAGER IMPROVEMENT
ENHANCED ABILITY TO TRANSFER CONSTRAINTS FROM PCB TO SCHEMATIC
In this release, the ability to transfer constraints defined on the Physical and
Electrical views of the Constraint Manager has been added. In the PCB editor,
select the Design » Update Schematics in <PCBProjectName> command from the main
menus and use the Engineering Change Order dialog that opens to explore,
validate and execute the changes in constraints.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
MULTI-BOARD DESIGN IMPROVEMENT
ADDED BOOKMARKS PANEL FOR MULTI-BOARD DRAFTSMAN DOCUMENTS
The Bookmarks panel is now available in Draftsman when working with a
manufacturing drawing of a multi-board design (*.MbDwf). The panel gives a tree
view of the sheets on the Draftsman document. Each sheet entry can be expanded
and collapsed; when expanded, the appropriate contents of each sheet are
displayed as shown in the image below.
You can use the panel to easily navigate in the design space. When an item is
selected in the panel or design space, the Properties panel (if open) displays
the properties and settings of the selected item. Additionally, when you select
an item in the Bookmarks panel, the design space zooms to the selected item.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
HARNESS DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
DUPLICATE DESIGNATOR VIOLATION REMOVED FOR CABLE, SHIELD AND TWIST OBJECTS
On the Wiring Diagram, the Duplicate Designator (WD) violation check does not
report an issue when Cable/Shield/Twist objects use the same designator. This
can now be split and used in different places using the same designator.
For more information, refer to the Validating the Harness Design page.
HIGHLIGHT WIRES FOR TWISTS AND SHIELDS
If a twist/shield is associated with wires in multiple places on the Wiring
Diagram (using the same designator), selecting a twist/shield instance will
highlight all associated wires in the group with a neon green color.
❯ ❮
1
An example of a Wiring Diagram where two twists with the same designator are
placed on different groups of wires. While only one of these twists is selected,
all wires covered by these twists are highlighted.
An example of a Wiring Diagram where two shields with the same designator are
placed on different groups of wires. While only one of these shields is
selected, all wires covered by these shields are highlighted.
For more information, refer to the Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram page.
ADDED SUPPORT FOR MULTI-PART COMPONENTS
The ability to transfer multi-part component data from the Wiring Diagram to the
Layout Drawing has been added. When multi-part components are placed on the
Wiring Diagram, designators are correctly assigned to the components in the
Layout Drawing. If multiple parts of the same component are placed on the Wiring
Diagram, only one instance of the component is placed on the Layout Drawing.
For more information, refer to the Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram page.
ADDED SUPPORT TO CONNECT SHIELDS TO A CONNECTION POINT
A shield with a connection object that is defined on the Wiring Diagram can now
be assigned to a connection point in the Layout Drawing. Use the Add Assigned
Objects dialog (accessed by clicking the Add button in the Assigned Objects
region of the Properties panel) when the connection point is selected to choose
the shield with a connection to be assigned to that connection point.
❯ ❮
1
For more information, refer to the Creating the Harness Layout Drawing page.
ADDED SUPPORT FOR MULTICOLORED WIRES
Multicolored wires are now supported in the Wiring Diagram by choosing a wire's
secondary and tertiary colors. (The primary color is the color of the placed
wire.) In the Properties panel, click the Add drop-down at the bottom of the
Parameters region then choose Secondary and Tertiary to define the desired
colors; the parameter for the chosen color will appear in the Parameters region.
Click the color icon in the panel to open the color options; click the desired
color. You can also define the border color for the wire using the same
drop-down then selecting Border. Click through the slideshow below for examples.
❯ ❮
1
Wire with the secondary color defined
Wire with the tertiary color defined
Wire with the border color defined
Wire with all color options defined
For more information, refer to the Creating the Harness Wiring Diagram page.
Multicolored wires are also supported in harness design Draftsman documents
(*.HarDwf). Additional columns for secondary, tertiary and border colors can be
made visible in placed tables, and corresponding Color cells are split to show
the secondary and tertiary colors assigned to the wire.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
ADDED SUPPORT FOR MULTIPLE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN DRAFTSMAN DOCUMENTS
The Harness Draftsman document (*.HarDwf) now supports multiple Wiring Diagram
documents (*.WirDoc) in the same project. This feature lets you choose the
wiring diagram document from which a placed wiring diagram view should be
generated and updated. Use the Document drop-down in the Properties region of
the Properties panel when the wiring diagram view is selected to choose the
wiring diagram document for this view.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
ADDED BOOKMARKS PANEL FOR HARNESS DRAFTSMAN DOCUMENTS
The Bookmarks panel is now available in Draftsman when working with a
manufacturing drawing of a harness design (*.HarDwf). The panel gives a tree
view of the sheets on the Draftsman document. Each sheet entry can be expanded
and collapsed. When expanded, the appropriate contents of each sheet are
displayed as shown in the image below.
You can use the panel to easily navigate in the design space. When an item is
selected in the panel or design space, the Properties panel (if open) displays
the properties and settings of the selected item. Additionally, when you select
an item in the Bookmarks panel, the design space zooms to the selected item.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
DATA MANAGEMENT IMPROVEMENTS
SILICONEXPERT ENHANCEMENTS
Added SiliconExpert Product Change Notice
The Product Change Notice (PCN) provided by SiliconExpert has been added to the
Manufacturer Part Search panel and to all places where part choices can be
accessed. By default, the latest PCN data is shown. Use the Historical Details
control to open the Product Change Notice Historical Details dialog, where
details on previous PCNs can be browsed.
❯ ❮
1
Access the latest and historical PCNs from the Manufacturer Part Search panel.
Access the latest and historical PCNs from a part choice (the Components panel
is shown as an example here).
Added SiliconExpert 'Free' Parameters Support
The Lifecycle, YTEOL and RoHS Status parameters provided by SiliconExpert are
now presented by default in the Manufacturer Part Search panel and all places
where part choices are presented. Therefore, there is no need to request data
for this part (and hence, use the quota from your SiliconExpert package) to
access these 'free' parameters.
❯ ❮
1
Access 'free' parameters provided by SiliconExpert from the Manufacturer Part
Search panel.
Access 'free' parameters provided by SiliconExpert from a part choice (the
Components panel is shown as an example here).
Also, these SiliconExpert 'free' parameters can be used in ActiveBOM (by adding
corresponding columns to the ActiveBOM document) without requesting all other
SiliconExpert parameters.
Added Display of the YTEOL Parameter
The YTEOL parameter is now displayed in the following locations:
* In the header of the Details pane when a manufacturer part is selected in the
Manufacturer Part Search panel.
* In the header of the Details pane when a component is selected in the
Components panel.
* In all places where part choices are presented.
* In the Properties panel when a component placed on a schematic sheet is
selected.
❯ ❮
1
Displaying the YTEOL parameter in the Manufacturer Part Search panel.
Displaying the YTEOL parameter in the Components panel and in part choices.
Displaying the YTEOL parameter in the Properties panel for the selected
component.
Added Support for SiliconExpert Parameters when Comparing Manufacturer Parts
SiliconExpert parameters are now supported in the Selected Part Details pane of
the Manufacturer Part Search panel when comparing two selected parts.
For more information, refer to the Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert page.
ADDED SUPPORT FOR AGGREGATED LIFECYCLES TO MANUFACTURER LINKS
When exploring a solution added in the form of a manufacturer link to an
ActiveBOM document if there are multiple sources of the lifecycle data for that
manufacturer link (Altium Parts Provider powered by Octopart or IHS
Markit® and SiliconExpert), the lifecycle information from all available sources
is now accessible for the link. Hover the cursor over the manufacturer lifecycle
state or use the drop-down to see the lifecycle information from all sources in
the tooltip/pop-up.
For more information, refer to the Managing the Solutions page.
IMPORT/EXPORT IMPROVEMENT
IMPORTING THE FOOTPRINTS INTO EXISTING PROJECT STRUCTURE FOR XPEDITION
For an Xpedition library (*.lmc) whose schematic symbols (only) were previously
imported using the xDX Designer Import Wizard with the Import Symbols Only
option enabled, you can now choose to import footprint models into a PCBLib as
part of the existing project structure. Footprints will be renamed in accordance
with the naming defined in the existing CSV file generated as part of the xDX
Designer import process.
Note that starting from this release, footprint names with specific prefixes
(BGA, CAP, CAPC, CGA, COUP, DFN, DIO, DR, FILT, FUSE, INDC, INDM, ISOL, LEDC,
LEDS, LGA, MECM, OSC, PQ, PS, QFN, QFP, RESC, RESM, SO, TO, VAR, XTA) will
include the component height values multiplied by 100 in the generated CSV
files to provide unique naming of footprints with differing 3D Body heights. For
example, a footprint of height 1.4 and named CAPC2013N will be added to the CSV
file as CAPC2013X140N.
When adding an Xpedition library file on the Importing Mentor Expedition Library
Files page of the Import Wizard, if previously imported libraries are detected,
a confirmation dialog will ask if you would like to import footprints as
described above. If you click No, footprints will be imported into a separate
folder for generated PCBLib files, and no footprint renaming will be performed.
For more information, refer to the Importing a Design from Xpedition page.
FEATURE MADE FULLY PUBLIC IN ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.2
The following feature is now officially Public with this release:
* PCB Section View - available from 23.5
ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.1
Copy LinkCopied
Released: 16 January 2024 – Version 24.1.2 (build 44)
Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.1.2
Key Highlights
ExpandCollapse
SCHEMATIC CAPTURE IMPROVEMENT
ADDED VIOLATION CHECKS FOR OBJECTS CONNECTED TO A HARNESS CONNECTOR
In this release, new violation checks have been added to detect violations
associated with signal harnesses in the schematics of your PCB design projects:
* The Invalid Connection to a Harness Connector violation check detects a
situation when a wire, bus, or signal harness ends inside or is connected to
the edge of a harness connector but is not connected to a harness entry.
* The Unconnected Harness Entry violation check detects an unconnected harness
entry.
Settings for these violation types can be found in the Violation Associated with
Harnesses group on the Error Reporting tab of the Project Options dialog.
For more information, refer to the Verifying Your Design Project page.
PCB DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
PAD HOLE CLEARANCE CHECK IMPROVEMENT (OPEN BETA)
In this release, the behavior of detecting clearance from pads with no annular
ring has been improved.
When a pad has a hole size greater than or equal to the pad size and, therefore,
has no annular ring, the clearance value defined for the Hole by the applicable
constraint in the Constraint Manager or by the Clearance design rule is applied
rather than the maximum of Hole and TH Pad clearances.
An example of clearances configured in the Constraint Manager.
An example of clearances configured in the Clearance design rule.
The new pad hole clearance behavior.
Note that the default values of Hole clearance in newly created Clearance
constraints and Clearance design rules have been updated with the 10mil /
0.254mm value.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when
the PCB.Rules.HoleClearance option is enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog.
For more information, refer to the Electrical Rule Types page.
ABILITY TO STORE TRUETYPE FONTS (OPEN BETA)
This release has added the ability to automatically store geometries of text
objects that use TrueType fonts inside PCB documents. When objects (text
strings/frames, dimensions, drill tables, and/or layer stack tables) in a PCB
document use a TrueType font, these objects will be shown using the same font
geometry when the PCB document is opened on another computer, even if
that TrueType font is not installed.
When an object that uses a missing font is selected, a warning message appears
at the top of the Properties panel. When changing object properties that affect
its text (e.g., the text height or text itself), the Missing fonts dialog opens
in which you can select a replacement font.
The dialog also appears when changing text-related properties from the PCB List
panel.
When trying to edit multiple objects using different missing fonts, the dialog
allows you to select a replacement for each missing font.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when the PCB.Text.TTFontSaving option
is enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog.
Note that with this feature enabled, the options of the PCB Editor – True Type
Fonts page of the Preferences dialog are no longer relevant, so this page is not
available in the Preferences dialog (when the PCB.Text.TTFontSetting.Hide option
is enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog).
For more information, refer to the PCB Placement & Editing Techniques page.
ENHANCED PAD PROPERTIES PANEL
The Pad Stack region of the Pad Properties panel has been enhanced for better
usability. When a section is selected, the section name is highlighted in blue
and the entire section is displayed in a different shade than the background.
For more information, refer to the Working with Pads & Vias page.
PCB CODESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
ABILITY TO HIGHLIGHT CATEGORY CHANGES
With the Show on PCB option enabled in the PCB CoDesign panel, you can now
highlight all changes in a specific category when that category is selected in
the panel's list of changes.
GROUPING CHANGES BY UNIONS
Added support for comparison of, and application of changes to, unions (defined
groupings of primitives on the PCB). Union-related changes are shown in the
Unions category in the PCB CoDesign panel's list of changes. Also, changes in
other categories are grouped now by unions if corresponding objects belong to
any.
UPDATES TO 'MERGED' STATE
After merging changes using the PCB CoDesign panel, the PCB document will remain
in the Merged state (the icon in the Projects panel) until there is a new
conflict. Saving changes locally will no longer change the state to Modified.
Also, note that documents in Merged state are always enabled for saving to the
Workspace in the Save to Server dialog and cannot be disabled.
For more information, refer to the PCB CoDesign page.
CONSTRAINT MANAGER IMPROVEMENTS
ABILITY TO CHOOSE USAGE OF THE CONSTRAINT MANAGER FOR A NEW PROJECT
When creating a new PCB project, you now have the ability to control whether it
will use the Constraint Manager or the older design rules system. In the Create
Project dialog (File » New » Project), enable the Constraint Management option
to use the Constraint Manager for the project being created.
'VIEW ONLY' MODE
If the Constraint Manager was enabled for the PCB project, the Constraint
Manager will present in View Only mode when opened by a user without Altium
Designer Pro/Enterprise Subscription. In this case, the user can see, but not
modify, defined constraints. The message at the top of the Constraint
Manager notifies you when the Constraint Manager is in View Only mode.
UPDATES TO XSIGNAL CREATION
This release sees some updates in defining xSignals using the Constraint
Manager:
* The list of proposed xSignals is now divided into two groups: xSignals going
from a source to a destination point (S-T) and xSignals going from one
destination point to another (T-T). Use checkboxes for groups to
select/deselect all xSignals in corresponding groups.
* The list of proposed xSignals now includes xSignals going from a source to
each destination (not an xSignal going from a source to the closest
destination only).
* For a better representation of proposed xSignals, they are now named in the
list using the following scheme:
<SourceNetName> (<SourcePinDesignator> → <DestinationPinDesignator>)
Note that for names of created xSignals that can be seen on the xSignals tab
to the Constraint Manager or in the PCB document, the
previous <SourceNetName>_<SourcePinDesignator>_<DestinationPinDesignator> scheme
is used.
IMPROVED CLASS SELECTION
The right-click menu of entries in the Physical and Electrical views has been
updated to quickly add objects to an existing class right from the menu. To do
this, right-click one or more selected objects and choose an existing class from
the Classes » Add Selected to Class sub-menu.
When there are more than 30 classes, the Classes » Add Selected to Class »
Existing Class command is available in the menu instead of the list of classes.
Use this command to access a dialog where you can select an existing class to
which the selected object(s) are to be added.
ADDED LINE NUMBERS IN GRID
Line numbers have been added to the Constraint Manager grid to help you more
easily identify and distinguish items in the list.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
MULTI-BOARD DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
SUPPORT FOR DRAFTSMAN DOCUMENTS IN MULTI-BOARD PROJECTS (OPEN BETA)
You can now add a Draftsman document (*.MbDwf) to a Multi-board project to
create a manufacturing drawing for the Multi-board assembly in this project.
The views that can be placed in a Draftsman document of a Multi-board project
are:
* Multi-board view – an automated graphic composite of the outlines of PCBs and
3D models constituting the multi-board assembly.
* Section view – a profile slice, or sectional, drawing taken from a nominated
'cut' point through a placed multi-board view.
* Board detail view – a floating, magnified view of a multi-board
view's defined area.
* Board realistic view – a scalable 3D rendering of the current multi-board
assembly.
Draftsman's annotation, dimensioning and graphical tools, as well as BOM and
generic tables, are also available.
An example of a Multi-board project Draftsman drawing.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when the MBA.Draftsman option is
enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing page.
ABILITY TO MOVE A MODULE ENTRY GROUP
The ability to move a selected group of module entries in a multi-board
schematic document (*.MbsDoc) has been added. This new feature speeds up the
editing process by not requiring you to move each module entry individually. In
the design space, select more than one module entry, then use the left mouse
button to drag the group to the desired location. A red dot displays at each
entry while they are dragged to the new location. Release the mouse button to
place the group at the current location.
For more information, refer to the Capturing the Logical System Design page.
HARNESS DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
CHANGED 'CRIMPS' TO 'CAVITIES'
'Crimps' have been renamed 'Cavities' in the UI of the Wiring Diagram and Layout
Drawing.
For more information, refer to the Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram page.
ADDED DESIGNATOR FIELD TO SHIELD AND TWIST OBJECTS
The Designator field has been added to the properties of shields and twists in
the harness wiring diagram.
For more information, refer to the Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram page.
ADDED WIRE BREAK OBJECT FOR MULTIPLE SHEET CAPABILITY
A full Wiring Diagram can now be defined over multiple sheets (in a 'flat'
design fashion), each represented by its own *.WirDoc document, with the ability
to split a wire using the new Wire Break object.
A Wire Break is placed using the Place menu or from the Active Bar as shown
below.
For more information, refer to the Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram page.
TREAT COVERINGS AS COMPONENTS IN BOM
Harness coverings in the Layout Drawing are now treated as components in the
BOM, with support for part choices and grouping.
For more information, refer to the Creating the Harness Layout Drawing page.
DISPLAY COMPONENT PROPERTIES FOR ADDITIONAL PHYSICAL VIEWS
When an additional physical view of a harness component is selected in the
design space, the Properties panel now displays the properties of the component
itself as it does for the main (first) physical view. In the below image, a
second physical view has been selected in the design space; the Harness
Component Properties panel displays the properties of the original (first)
physical view.
For more information, refer to the Creating the Harness Layout Drawing page.
IMPROVED THE WIRING LIST
Added Ability to 'Split' Wiring List
The wiring list of an advanced harness design may have a large number of
entries, which can be difficult to fit into a drawing document as a single
table. Rather than resorting to font and table scaling, multiple custom table
entries, or an external document, you now have the ability to 'split' a Wiring
List in a Harness Draftsman document so that the Wiring List will be presented
over a number of 'pages.' In the Properties panel for a placed Wiring List,
enable the Limit Page Height option in the Pages region to use the new
feature. This will restrict the height of the Wiring List table to the nominated
height entry (Max Page Height) and, therefore, the number of lines shown in the
table.
❯ ❮
1
The editor detects that the entire Wiring List is not shown, as indicated by the
panel's Page entry (for example, 1 from 2), and the associated drop-down menu
allows you to nominate which page is shown. To add further pages of the Wiring
List, place another Wiring List (Place » Wiring List) and specify the
next Page in the Pages region of the Properties panel.
Enhanced Wiring List for 'Shield with Connection' Objects
Designators of shield with connector objects are now displayed in the Wiring
List when a wire is connected to the shield's connector.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing for a
Harness Design page.
ADDED ABILITY TO DISPLAY CONNECTION TABLE FOR SPLICES
The ability to show the connection table for individual splices has been added.
Previously, the ability to show the Connection Table for only components and
connectors was possible.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing for a
Harness Design page.
LINKS ADDED TO TEXT FRAME AND NOTE OBJECTS FOR CROSS-PROBING
Object designators can now be added as active links in text frames and notes.
The links provide cross-probe capabilities in the Wiring Diagram and Layout
Drawing. To create active links, place a text frame or note object in either the
Wiring Diagram or Layout Drawing. In the Text field in the Properties region of
the Properties panel, enter "@". A drop-down of all designators will appear.
Double-click the desired designator from the list; the link is created in the
Text field and in the design space. Click the link in the design space to
cross-probe to that object in the associated document (i.e., the document that
is not currently active). The process is demonstrated in the video below.
For more information, refer to the Defining the Harness Wiring Diagram and
Creating the Harness Layout Drawing pages.
DATA MANAGEMENT IMPROVEMENTS
MANUFACTURER LIFECYCLE STATE MESSAGE ENHANCEMENT
When using the SiliconExpert integration functionality, manufacturer part
lifecycle data can be obtained from different sources: Altium Parts Provider
(powered by Octopart or IHS Markit®) and SiliconExpert. To provide better
visibility of this lifecycle data from different sources, the lifecycle
information from all available sources is now accessible.
When exploring manufacturer part data (e.g., an entry in the Manufacturer Part
Search panel, a part choice of a Workspace library component, or a solution in
an AcitveBOM document), hover the cursor over the manufacturer lifecycle
state/bar or use the drop-down to see the lifecycle information from all sources
in the tooltip.
❯ ❮
1
For more information, refer to the Adding Supply Chain Information to a
Component and Pulling Part Data from SiliconExpert pages.
ADDED GENERAL TAB TO PROJECT OPTIONS FOR OFFLINE WORKSPACE PROJECTS
Added the General tab to the Project Options dialog for offline Workspace
projects. This feature is available for working with a project when you are
disconnected from its Workspace. The only control on the tab that is accessible
is the Turn Off Synchronization button. Click this button to turn off
synchr onization. This ensures that the local copy will not be linked to the one
that resides on the Workspace. The project located in the Workspace will remain
untouched.
For more information, refer to the Accessing, Defining & Managing Project
Options page.
REMOVED COMMIT COMMAND FOR GIT-BASED PROJECTS
For Git-based projects, the Commit command has been removed from the History &
Version Control sub-menu of the right-click menu of project entry in the
Projects panel and the Project main menu, aiming to remove confusion about where
data was being committed (to the local repository and not the remote repository)
when using the command. Visibility of the command is controlled by the
VCS.AllowGitCommit option from the Advanced Settings dialog (OFF by default).
You can use the Save to Server command to commit the project to the local
repository and push it to the remote repository in one action.
For more information, refer to the Saving Projects and Documents page.
IMPORT/EXPORT IMPROVEMENT
MENTOR XPEDITION PLACEMENT OUTLINE AND INSERTION OULINE LAYER MAPPING
When Mentor Xpedition PCB and footprint library files are imported, Placement
Outline layer types are now mapped as Courtyard layer types and the Insertion
Outline layers are now mapped to the Component Outline layer types in Altium
Designer.
For more information, refer to the Importing a Design from Xpedition page.
CIRCUIT SIMULATION IMPROVEMENT
SIMULATION STRESS ANALYSIS (OPEN BETA)
Stress Analysis is used to calculate operating conditions for each individual
component, such as maximum voltages, currents, and power dissipations, and check
them against limits defined in the stress model of the component.
In this release, a new Stress Analysis option has been added to
the Transient region of the Simulation Dashboard. When this option is enabled
and the Transient analysis is performed, the Stress analysis results are
available on the additional Stress chart of the simulation result document.
Use the new Stress Analysis to test your circuits against defined limits.
The stress model of a component is configured on the new Stress tab of the Sim
Model dialog accessed for the component's simulation model. From here, you can
select the required Device Type and define parameter values.
Stress analysis parameters for a component can be set on the Stress tab of the
Sim Model dialog.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when
the Simulation.StressAnalysis option is enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog.
For more information, refer to the Configuring & Running a Simulation page.
FEATURE MADE FULLY PUBLIC IN ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.1
The following feature is now officially made Public with this release:
* Custom Paste/Solder Masks – available from 23.8
ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.0
Copy LinkCopied
Released: 13 December 2023 – Version 24.0.1 (build 36)
Release Notes for Altium Designer 24.0.1
Key Highlights
ExpandCollapse
PCB DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
ANY ANGLE DIFF PAIR ROUTER (OPEN BETA)
This release introduces support for any angle differential pair routing. When
routing a diff pair using the Interactive Differential Pair Routing tool (Route
» Interactive Differential Pair Routing), you can now select the Any Angle
corner style () when configuring the properties of routing in the Properties
panel in its Differential Pair Routing mode.
* Any angle differential pair routing supports symmetrical pad entry and gap
changing.
* When starting differential pair routing from an antenna, the tool will
maintain the left-to-right order of nets (i.e., the continuation of the left
side stays on the left) and support snapping to the original direction.
* When routing a diff pair using the Any Angle corner style, press and hold the
Shift key to route the diff pair using tangent arcs.
Demonstration of any angle differential pair routing.
Note that this feature also enables an updated angle diff pair glossing
algorithm when using the Route » Gloss Selected command.
The current main limitations of any angle diff pair routing are:
* Routing transitions through borders of rooms with different design rules are
not currently supported.
* The SMD Entry design rule is not currently supported.
* Automatic loop removal is not currently supported.
This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the
PCB.Routing.AnyAngleDiffPairRouter option is enabled in the Advanced Settings
dialog.
For more information, refer to the Differential Pair Routing page.
ENHANCED LAYER STACK REPORT SETUP DIALOG (OPEN BETA)
The Layer Stack Report Setup dialog (File » Fabrication Outputs » Report Board
Stack) has been enhanced and now includes all columns that are present in the
Layer Stack. Use the dialog to select the columns you want to be displayed in
the Layer Stack Report.
This feature is in Open Beta and available when the
PCB.ModernBoardStackGenerator option is enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog.
For more information, refer to the Preparing Fabrication Data page.
PCB CODESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
ENHANCED COPPER CONFLICT DISPLAY AND RESOLUTION
Conflicts of copper objects are now grouped in pin-to-pin connection groups
where applicable to ease exploring and resolving the changes.
Copper conflicts can now be resolved on the pin-to-pin connection level.
ADDED ABILITY TO CONFIGURE COLOR LEGEND
In the View Configuration panel, you can now select colors for objects that have
been added, modified, removed, and not changed (unchanged objects of a
pin-to-pin connection when it is selected in the PCB CoDesign panel).
Use the View Configuration panel to configure the comparison color legend.
OTHER PCB CODESIGN UI CHANGES
* The pop-up that shows that the comparison is in progress now appears right
after running the comparison.
* Added the ability to select and deselect entries in the change list. When an
entry is selected (by clicking on it), click it again to deselect the entry
and reset the object highlighting in the design space.
* The Save to Server command has been added to the menu of the Project panel's
Merged icon () shown after merging changes using the PCB CoDesign panel –
show image.
* When clicking the Save to Server button in the PCB CoDesigner panel after
merging changes, only the merged PCB document is selected in the Save to
Server dialog by default – show image.
* When merging the changes is run, a new pop-up showing that merging is in
progress is now displayed – show image.
For more information, refer to the PCB CoDesign page.
CONSTRAINT MANAGER IMPROVEMENTS
ABILITY TO ADD DIFFERENTIAL PAIR CLASSES TO THE CLEARANCE MATRIX
Starting from this release, you can add not only net classes but also
differential pair classes to the Clearance Matrix (the Clearances view).
EDITING CUSTOM TOPOLOGY ON THE PCB SIDE
It is now possible to define the topology of a net as Custom and edit it as
required in the Constraint Manager when it is accessed from the PCB side.
PROPAGATING TOPOLOGY CHANGES WHEN EDITING THE CONSTRAINT SET
When editing a Constraint Set that includes a custom topology, changes made to
the topology are now propagated to other objects to which this Constraint Set is
applied.
ABILITY TO REMOVE XSIGNALS
It is now possible to remove an xSignal from the xSignals tab of the Electrical
view. To do this, right-click an xSignal and select the xSignals » Remove
xSignal command from the context menu.
CROSS SELECT FROM AND TO THE CONSTRAINT MANAGER
In this release, an ability to cross-select objects from and to the Constraint
Manager has been added. When cross-select mode is enabled (using the Cross
Select Mode command from the Tools main menu of the Constraint Manager, the
schematic or PCB editor), objects selected in the Constraint Manager are also
selected in the schematic and PCB documents, and vice versa.
ENHANCED THE EXPAND/COLLAPSE STATE
All nodes, except for those that are predefined (e.g., All Nets), are now
collapsed in the Physical and Electrical views by default. You can use the new
Expand All and Collapse All right-click menu commands to control the grid nodes.
For more information, refer to the Defining Design Requirements Using the
Constraint Manager page.
3D-MID DESIGN (OPEN BETA)
3D-MID technology combines electrical circuits with three-dimensional mechanical
parts. This fusion of functionality opens up a world of possibilities within a
vast range of application areas.
Historically, designers of 3D-MIDs have generally been restricted to MCAD
packages due to the lack of suitable ECAD tools. There are many problems
inherent to this way of working, not least is the absence of any electrical
intelligence to drive the circuit layout and the difficulties associated with
projecting 2D manually drawn sketches onto 3D surfaces.
The new 3D-MID editor in Altium Designer allows you to place standard surface
mount components onto a 3D shape in a 3D-MID document and route traces along the
surface of the shape to complete the layout.
The completed design can then be exported in the file format required by the
Laser Direct Structuring (LDS) manufacturing process.
To learn more about this functionality, see 3D-MID Design.
Note that the 3D-MID functionality is not supported with the Altium Designer
Standard Subscription. If you are interested in 3D-MID and have a Standard
Subscription, talk to your Altium sales representative about your evaluation
options.
This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the System.3DMID option is
enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog.
HARNESS DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
TREAT LAYOUT LABELS AS COMPONENTS IN BOM
Layout labels in the Layout Drawing are now treated as components in the BOM,
with support for part choices and grouping.
For more information, refer to the Creating the Harness Layout Drawing page.
ADDED COLUMNS TO THE CONNECTION TABLE AND WIRING LIST
Additional columns have been added to the Connection Table and Wiring List in a
Manufacturing Drawing (*.HarDwf) that allow you to easily view the additional
information in the design space. Crimp (part number), Cable, ToPin, and ToPart
have been added to the Connection Table; FromCrimp, ToCrimp, and Cable have been
added to the Wiring List. Toggle the eye icon in the Properties panel to
display/hide the desired columns in the connection table.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Manufacturing Drawing for a
Harness Design page.
PLATFORM IMPROVEMENT
SUPPORT FOR LONG PATH NAMES (OPEN BETA)
Support for long path names has been implemented in this release. When a file
path with the file name exceeds 256 characters, the actions on files are now
supported, including:
* Opening a project from the connected Workspace.
* Making a local project available in the Workspace.
* Changing the folder path in an Outjob file.
* Generating outputs using an Outjob file or the Project Releaser.
* Saving a project as a project template to the Workspace.
Starting from Windows 10 version 1607, MAX_PATH limitations have been removed
from common Win32 files and directory functions. However, you must opt-in to the
new behavior by changing a registry key on the computer where Altium Designer is
installed. Refer to the Support for Long Path Names page for details. After
doing so, ensure that your computer is rebooted.
WARNING: Modifying the registry improperly can result in Windows becoming
unusable. Use the Registry Editor only at your own risk and only after backing
up the registry as outlined in the Microsoft article How to back up and restore
the registry in Windows.
When releasing a project that uses a long path to an Enterprise Server
Workspace, the PC where the Altium On-Prem Enterprise Server is installed should
also be configured: learn more.
This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the System.LongPathsSupport
option is enabled in the Advanced Settings dialog. Note that this option is
available only when the LongPathsEnabled registry key is set to 1.
For more information, refer to the Support for Long Path Names page.
IMPORT/EXPORT IMPROVEMENTS
XDX DESIGNER IMPORT ENHANCEMENTS
This release delivers a number of key improvements and fixes in relation to the
import of xDX Designer design files into Altium Designer.
Added Ability to Import Symbols Only
The Reporting Options page of the Mentor xDxDesigner Import Wizard now includes
the Import symbols only option that allows to import symbols only. When this
option is enabled, identical symbols from the library database will be imported
as a single schematic symbol, even if it is used by many components in the
original library, and parameters are not imported to symbols in Altium Designer.
Also, when this option is enabled, the next page of the Wizard will suggest
generating part-symbol and pin mapping data in CSV format by enabling the
Generate Pin Mapping and Component Models/Parameters Combined CSV option. When
this option is enabled, use the available fields to define Oracle DB connection
parameters and a parameter mapping file.
Multi-part Symbol Import Improvements
When imported to Altium Designer, a multi-part symbol receives a Design Item ID
combined with the first and last part names defined in xDX Designer. These
combined Design Item IDs are also used in the generated CSV files.
Also, the order of parts in symbols imported to Altium Designer is now the same
as defined in the original library.
Symbol Import Improvements
Other import improvements include:
* Static text strings in symbols are now imported.
* The '~' characters used for negation in xDX Designer are now transformed into
'\' characters in pin names to correctly represent negation symbols in Altium
Designer.
* The Reporting Options page of the Mentor xDxDesigner Import Wizard now
includes the Import pin customizations (font size) option. When this option
is enabled, pin designators and names are imported to Altium Designer with
the same font size as in xDX Designer.
For more information, refer to the Importing a Design from xDX Designer or
DxDesigner page.
MENTOR EXPEDITION IMPORT IMPROVEMENTS
Added Ability to Choose Extruded Body Layer
You now have the ability to choose the layer when creating extruded bodies when
importing Mentor Expedition files using the Import Wizard. After adding the
Mentor PCB and Library files to be imported, choose from Placement
Outline or Assembly Outline using the Create extruded body from drop-down on the
Current User Layer Mappings page. When the option is enabled, the default is
Placement Outline.
Placement Outline Improvement
Placement Outlines can now be imported as primitives on the Placement Outline
layer on the Top/Bottom 3D Body assembly layers.
For more information, refer to the Importing a Design from Xpedition page.
CIRCUIT SIMULATION IMPROVEMENT
OUTPUT CURRENTS FOR P-CHANNEL TRANSISTORS INVERTED
Output currents for P-Channel transistors (BJT, JFET, MOSFET, MESFET) are now
treated as inflow currents, making them consistent with N-Channel transistors.
For more information, refer to the Creating a Simulation Model page.
ANSYS CODESIGNER (OPEN BETA)
This release presents the first steps into true collaborative design (CoDesign)
between the ECAD and Simulation domains. Up until now, engineers in these two
siloed camps have had to rely on manual export/import file processes that have
no connection with a revision of a design and communication of changes and
results, typically by email, outside of the design arena.
Now, with the arrival of the Ansys CoDesigner feature, the ECAD engineer (using
Altium Designer) can seamlessly collaborate on a design with their SIM engineer
colleague (using Ansys Electronics Desktop (AEDT)). Collaboration is facilitated
through an Altium 365 Workspace, which acts as a bridge between the two domains.
This initial release includes support for the following key elements:
* Bi-directional push/pull of design changes between the two domains. From
Altium Designer, changes to layer stack and materials, components, and
primitives are detected and can be applied in AEDT. From AEDT, proposed
changes to layer stack and materials can be pushed through the EDB file and
detected/applied in Altium Designer.
* Simulation results are pushed from AEDT to the Altium 365 Workspace and
associated with a revision of the design, with the ability to view through
the Workspace’s browser interface and preview within Altium Designer.
* Bi-directional communication using the commenting system, with each comment
thread attached to a specific component in a design.
Currently, AEDT of version 2023 R1 and 2023 R2 is supported by Ansys CoDesigner.
For more information, refer to the Ansys CoDesigner page.
Note that Ansys CoDesigner is not supported with the Altium Designer Standard
Subscription.
This feature is in Open Beta and is available when the Ansys CoDesigner (for
Altium Designer) and Altium Link (for Ansys Electronics Desktop) extensions are
installed. The latter can be obtained by contacting
ansyscollaboration@altium.com.
POWER ANALYZER BY KEYSIGHT IMPROVEMENT
ADDED ABILITY TO ASSIGN CURRENTS FOR MULTIPLE NETS ON THE SAME COMPONENT
In this release, the ability to assign currents for multiple nets on the same
component for different series elements has been added.
When configuring a load of the IC (Current) type, you can see all pins of the
load component that connect it with the source through different serial
components, with the ability to select the required pins.
In the example shown below, the 5V power net is connected to two pins of the
LCD1 component through R4 and R5 series components. After extending the power
net and adding LCD1 as the load, both pins can be selected and configured as
required in the Load Properties dialog.
For more information, refer to the Power Analyzer QuickStart Guide page.
FEATURES MADE FULLY PUBLIC IN ALTIUM DESIGNER 24.0
The following features are now officially made Public with this release:
* Constraint Manager - available from 23.11
* PCB CoDesign - available from 23.10
* Harness Design - available from 23.0
* Improved Detection of Minimum Annular Ring Violation - available from 22.10
* Printer-friendly version
If you find an issue, select the text/image and pressCtrl + Enterto send us your
feedback.
Note
The features available depend on your level of Altium Designer Software
Subscription.
CONTENT
*
Altium Designer 24.4
*
Schematic Capture Improvement
* Use of Multi-part Components with Alternate Modes
*
PCB Design Improvements
* Selection Box for Component 'Push' and 'Avoid'
* Added 'Obey Rules' Option for Polygon Pour Properties
*
Constraint Manager Improvements
* Added Indication of Sync Status with Directives
* Propagating Width/Gap Values
*
Draftsman Improvement
* Show Only Not Fitted Components in BOM Table
*
Data Management Improvements
* Show Real Value for SiliconExpert YTEOL Parameter
* References to SiliconExpert Compliance Datasheets
* Display Item Name for Workspace Content
* Added Support for Latest MS Access Database File Format
* Features Made Fully Public in Altium Designer 24.4
* Altium Designer 24.3
* Altium Designer 24.2
* Altium Designer 24.1
* Altium Designer 24.0
WAS THIS PAGE HELPFUL?
2
HomeResources & SupportDocumentation
PCB Design
* Altium Designer
* CircuitStudio
* CircuitMaker
* Altium 365 Viewer
How to Buy
* Store
* Regional Resellers
* Special Offers
Solutions
* For Enterprise
* For Parts and Data
* Altium 365
Contact Us
* Sales:
* +49 721 8244 300
* sales.na@altium.com
* Student Enquires:
* students@altium.com
Product Extension
* All Extensions
* Power Analyzer
Company
* About Altium
* Our Customers
* Investor News
* Publications & Reports
* Corporate Governance
* Investor Center
* Trust Center
* Hire an Expert
* Partners & Alliances
* Partner Job Openings
* Newsroom
* Affiliate Program
* Launchpad Startup Program
Resources & Support
* Free Trials
* Status
* Downloads
* All Resources
* Support Center
* Bug Crunch
* Forum
* Documentation
* Ideas
* Education
* Professional Training / Certification
* Secondary / High School
* University / College
* Webinars
* Beta Program
PCB Design Guides
* Component Creation and Management
* High-Speed PCB Design
* PCB Layout
* PCB Routing
* Schematic Capture and Schematic Entry
* PCB Design Collaboration
* ECAD/MCAD PCB Design
* Multi-Board PCB Design
Careers
* Career at Altium
English
* Русский
* 日本語
* 中文(简体)
* 한국어
* English
* Copyrights & Trademark
* Privacy policy
* Cookie policy
* Do Not Sell/Share My Personal Information
* Terms of Service
* End-User License Agreement
* Legal Notice
© 2024 Altium Limited
REPORT DOCUMENT ISSUE
You are reporting an issue with the following selected text
and/or image within the active document:
ISSUE
Connect to Support Center for Product Questions
Cancel
YOUR PRIVACY OPTIONS
We use cookies and other tracking technologies to enhance user experience,
analyze website performance, and monitor usage of our website. You can customize
your preferences by using the options below. If you would like to opt-out of the
sale or sharing of your personal information for targeted advertising, you can
do so by disabling “Targeting Related Cookies.” For more information about our
use of cookies and other tracking technologies, please review our Cookie
PolicyPrivacy policy
* Strictly Necessary Cookies
STRICTLY NECESSARY COOKIES
* Functional Cookies
FUNCTIONAL COOKIES
* Analytical Cookies
ANALYTICAL COOKIES
* Targeting Cookies
TARGETING COOKIES
Confirm My Choice
Accept All Cookies
We use cookies and other tracking technologies to enhance user experience,
analyze website performance, and monitor usage of our website. You can customize
your preferences by using the options below. If you would like to opt-out of the
sale or sharing of your personal information for targeted advertising, you can
do so by disabling “Targeting Cookies.” For more information about our use of
cookies and other tracking technologies, please review our
Cookie Policy Privacy policy
Allow All
MANAGE CONSENT PREFERENCES
STRICTLY NECESSARY COOKIES
Always Active
These are cookies which are needed to provide services and features you have
specifically requested. We may use cookies and tracking technologies required
to prevent fraudulent activity, improve security, for system administration
and/or allow you to remain logged in to the Altium Community portal
at https://live.altium.com.
View Vendor Details
FUNCTIONAL COOKIES
Functional Cookies
These cookies enable the website to provide enhanced functionality and
personalisation. They may be set by us or by third party providers whose
services we have added to our pages. If you do not allow these cookies then some
or all of these services may not function properly.
View Vendor Details
ANALYTICAL COOKIES
Analytical Cookies
These are analytics/statistical cookies that help to improve the performance of
our Websites, and to provide a better user experience. Via Analytics Cookies, we
obtain information about the quality and/or effectiveness of our services. It
helps us to understand how our visitors use our Websites, which enables us to
improve how we present our content to you.
View Vendor Details
TARGETING COOKIES
Targeting Cookies
These are cookies to deliver content, including marketing, relevant to your
interests based upon your use of our Websites and based on how you interact with
our marketing content.
View Vendor Details
Back Button
VENDORS LIST
Search Icon
Filter Icon
Clear
checkbox label label
Apply Cancel
Consent Leg.Interest
checkbox label label
checkbox label label
checkbox label label
Confirm My Choices